I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from March 15, 2008:

Our question this evening has to do with how extraterrestrial contacts with human beings on planet Earth in third density may or may not infringe upon the free will of the entities contacted. We are wondering about the philosophy that the extraterrestrial entities use in order to decide whether or not to make contact and what kind of contact to make. For example, during the Manhattan Project, information from positive extraterrestrial sources was given concerning nuclear energy that’s very specific. There have been other contacts, such as Billy Meier’s contact and the contact with Phyllis Schlemmer from the “Nine” and Tom, which have had more or less specific information to give. We are wondering if this infringes on the free will of the humans who are contacted and what exactly is the philosophy of the extraterrestrials when they make contact with regard to specific information and the infringement on free will.

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be with you this evening, to share in your vibrations and to respond to your query concerning the infringement of free will by those of extraterrestrial origin who have been speaking to your people and in some cases meeting them face to face. As always, before we share our thoughts, we would ask each of you to be responsible for your own judgment and discrimination as regards the things that we say. If our thoughts have resonance for you, then by all means follow the path of that resonance. That is why we are here, and we are very happy that we can give you food for thought. If, however, we miss the mark and do not interest you particularly in what we have to say, we would ask that you leave behind our words and keep moving until you find that information and that inspiration that does resonate with you. We thank you for this kindness, for it enables us to speak freely without being concerned that we will infringe upon your free will.

You asked this evening concerning the nature of contact between extraterrestrial entities and Earth entities. You asked about free will, and how extraterrestrial entities feel about the free will of those upon planet Earth. We may start with ourselves. We of the Confederation of Planets in Service to the One Infinite Creator have, shall we say, experimented with contact, in terms of face-to-face contact, in your far distant past. We found that the direct communication face-to-face was neither positive nor negative, but only that which the entities of that time felt was part of the natural universe, which at that time was replete with many gods and many unusual things. What caused us to become more and more aware of the difficulties of clean communication with those of planet Earth was the inability of even the most powerful entity to maintain the purity of the initial contact, once the information we gave had resulted in the pyramids that were built. Instead of the pyramids being used for the purpose for which they were built, they became used for the purpose of the few, the elite, the powerful, and the wealthy.

Webecame aware of the impossibility of blending physical presence with a lack of distortion. We, those of the Ra group, those of the Hatonn group and those of the Latwii group, chose not to use again any means except the channeling through instruments such as this one as a way of communication of concepts hopefully helpful to the spiritual evolution of those on planet Earth to the population at large. We are not the only entities from elsewhere which are interested in planet Earth at this time. There are many entities interested in your planet that come from elsewhere. Some of these entities are of the Confederation and have agreed with those of us who have had a relationship with those on planet Earth previously, so that in the interest of retaining positive polarity we have chosen not to appear to your people.

We believe that we are at the apex of that which we can do and remain clear of the possibility of infringement. However, we say in all humility that we are not absolutely sure that, if we speak at all, we are not in some way infringing on the free will of those who may hear our words and be persuaded again their preferences of the truth of that which we have to offer. It does not stop us from speaking. But this concern is enough to create in us the desire to mention the request, to each who hears or listens to our words, to be very responsible and to discriminate so that none of our words are taken on faith or simply because we say them. The reason for this mention at every contact is this concern on our parts. The only way that we could avoid any possibility of infringement on free will of those on planet Earth is to stop speaking through instruments such as this one. Yet, the cry goes out from Earth. Many, many millions of you are seeking the truth. Therefore, we come in answer to a call and do not feel that we can turn away from the depth and profundity of this call at this time.

The group question for this session was: “Our question this evening has to do with how extraterrestrial contacts with human beings on planet Earth in third density may or may not infringe upon the free will of the entities contacted. We are wondering about the philosophy that the extraterrestrial entities use in order to decide whether or not to make contact and what kind of contact to make.” Q’uo began by saying we asked this evening concerning the nature of contact between extraterrestrial entities and Earth entities, and we asked about free will, and how extraterrestrial entities feel about the free will of those upon planet Earth, and Q’uo started by saying that we of the Confederation of Planets in Service to the One Infinite Creator have experimented with contact, in terms of face-to-face contact, in our distant past, but they found that direct communication face-to-face was neither positive nor negative, but only that which the entities of that time felt was part of the natural universe and was filled with many gods and many unusual things, and what caused them to become more aware of the difficulties of clear communication with those of us on planet Earth was the inability of even the powerful entity to maintain the purity of the initial contact, once the information they gave had resulted in the pyramids that were built, so instead of the pyramids being used for the purpose for which they were built, they became used for the purpose of the powerful and the wealthy. Q’uo went on to say we became aware of the impossibility of blending physical presence with a lack of distortion, so we of the Ra group, those of the Hatonn group, and those of the Latwii group chose not to use any means except the channeling through instruments such as Carla  as a way of communication of concepts helpful to the spiritual evolution of those on planet Earth and to the population at large, but we are not the only entities from elsewhere which are interested in Earth at this time since there are many entities interested in our planet that come from elsewhere, and some of these entities are of the Confederation and have agreed with us who have had a relationship with those on  Earth previously, so in the interest of retaining positive polarity we have chosen not to appear to your people. Then Q’uo said that we believe that we are at the apex of that which we can do and remain clear of infringement, but we say in humility that we are not sure that we are not infringing on the free will of those who may hear our words and be persuaded again by their preferences of the truth of that which we have to offer, but it does not stop us from speaking, but this concern is enough to create in us the desire to mention the request, to each who hears our words, to be responsible and to discriminate so that none of our words are taken on faith because we say them, and the reason for this mention at every contact is this concern on our parts, and the only way we could avoid any possibility of infringement on free will of those on Earth is to stop speaking through instruments such as this one, yet the cry goes out from Earth because millions of you are seeking the truth, so we come in answer to a call and do not feel that we can turn away from the depth of this call at this time. On October 31, 1976, Hatonn spoke of how they had come in answer to a call from many people on Earth:

We of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator have come to your planet to share with your people a message. It is a very simple message. And it is much required by your people at this time. We come in answer to a call that has gone out from your people, for so many of you upon your surface are seeking at this time: are seeking to know the reason for your existence; seeking to know why you were created, and who your Creator is. This call is as audible to us across what you would call vast distances as if we were right beside you. And we are here to attempt to serve those who are seeking at this time by sharing our impressions concerning the question of why each of us is here.

It heartens us to see your planet waking up, metaphysically speaking. We comfort ourselves that surely we could not have done too much damage. For the message is getting out. More and more people have become aware that they are one with their neighbors. More and more people are aware now that Love is the only answer. The energy of this planet is exponentially readier for fourth-density graduation than it was when we began working with this channel thirty years ago. There are many other kinds of entities who seek to speak with the people of planet Earth, or who seek to influence their decisions.

The so-called Orion empire is a kind of confederation of those who are negatively polarized and who are responding to the call of those who wish to graduate in negative polarity into fourth density. Insofar as they come in through the windows of opportunity that are part of the just and appropriate quarantine of planet Earth, they fully intend to infringe upon free will and therefore do not have any ethical considerations to hamper them as they offer their own thoughts for humans of negative polarity who wish to become harvestable in that polarity. Yet we understand that this is not the kind of contact about which you are asking. You asked about contacts such as that of Phyllis Schlemmer with “The Nine,” and the one called Tom, and that contact of Billy Meier with those entities with whom he has spoken.

To respond to that which you have asked, we would take a step back and talk a bit about fourth density, for it is important in our answer that what little we have to say about the fourth density war be understood as background information. When entities graduate from third density to fourth density, various things occur. Whether or not they have chosen positive- or negative-polarity fourth density, the move from third to fourth density creates a new environment. In this environment there is no veil. There is no veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind of each person and there is no veil between people, between the planet, and between entities of other densities.

Then Q’uo said it heartens us to see your planet waking up, metaphysically speaking, and we comfort ourselves that we could not have done too much damage, for the message is getting out, and more people have become aware that they are one with their neighbors, that Love is the only answer, and the energy of this planet is much more ready for fourth-density graduation than it was when we began working with Carla thirty years ago, and there are other kinds of entities who seek to speak with the people of Earth, or who seek to influence their decisions. Q’uo went on to say the Orion empire is a kind of confederation of those who are negatively polarized, and who are responding to the call of those who wish to graduate in negative polarity into fourth density, and as they come in through the windows of opportunity that are part of the quarantine of Earth, they intend to infringe upon free will, and do not have any ethical considerations to hamper them as they offer their own thoughts for humans of negative polarity who wish to become harvestable in that polarity, but we understand that this is not the kind of contact that you are asking about because you asked about contacts such as that of Phyllis Schlemmer with “The Nine,” and of Tom, and that contact of Billy Meier with those entities with whom he has spoken. Then Q’uo said to respond to that which you have asked, we would take a step back and talk about fourth density, for it is important in our answer that what we have to say about the fourth density war be understood as background information because when entities graduate from third density to fourth density, various things occur, so whether or not they have chosen positive- or negative-polarity fourth density, the move from third to fourth density creates a new environment, and in this environment there is no veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind of each person, and there is no veil between people, between the planet, and between entities of other densities. On May 19, 2007, Q’uo said that in fourth density there is no veil between our conscious and subconscious mind:

In the metaphysical realm, where thoughts are things, and you as a spirit are a citizen of eternity, all time is one; all time is now. Therefore, from that point of view, each spirit or seeker within incarnation exists in two worlds at once. Each soul is an interface between the world of time/space—infinity and eternity—and the world of space/time, which is an illusionary reality much like your television programs, where the Creator has set up for you a school in which you may study the lessons of Love. In this schoolroom, there is a heavy veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind. This means that there is no real awareness in the everyday, waking self of one’s true identity as a spark or a piece of the one infinite Creator that is holographic in nature.

This aliveness is present in every cell of your body. Your very cells’ hearts are Love. It is the action of Light upon Love that has created this illusory, third-density school of souls. And you have entered this refinery, this furnace, because you desired to do at least two things: you desired to learn, and you desired to serve. As you undergo suffering and make choices that reflect your desire to be of service to others or your desire to be of service to yourself, you are working to rebalance and to, shall we say, hopefully improve the balance between love, wisdom and power.

Thusly, a fourth-density soul is able to communicate with first density, second density, third density, fourth density, fifth, sixth and seventh density. It is an open universe. The choices, naturally, are quickly made to shut out most of that which is available to know so that the evolving soul may continue with its lessons. Yet there is that full knowledge of the vibration of the one infinite Creator in all vibrations available to that entity. However, the graduation to fourth density does not automatically create any improvement whatsoever in the evolutionary status of the soul. Just as a person who has graduated from third grade goes to school the first day for fourth grade knowing nothing more than he knew at the end of third grade, so the beginning student of fourth density has only the harvest of third-density knowledge, awareness and insight as he approaches the lessons of fourth density.

For a great portion of your last major cycle of 75,000-plus years, those who have graduated to fourth density have felt it necessary to defend their polarity from the opposite polarity as if they were still in third density. The entities involved in this war are of the inner planes rather than coming from outside the planet. Fourth-density wanderers are not coming in to carry on this war. Rather, there are entities coming in which, having reached harvestability, have chosen not to go on to fourth density but to remain in the inner planes of third density. Their awareness is that of fourth density, yet their prejudices remain those of third density. So, they are convinced that they must defend the souls of planet Earth from negative polarity. Likewise, those who have graduated in the negative sense see it as their business to battle the Light. They see themselves as those who would use the Light for their own purposes, leeching the power of which the positive polarity is full and flipping it so that its power becomes negative.

This situation of war, the so-called “war in heaven,” Is a part of your inner-planes environment. Individual entities of both polarities eventually become mature enough spiritually to realize that strife is unnecessary. They finally become free of third-density fear and are able to move on to their lessons, leaving the war behind. However, there are always people that are new to fourth density who are willing to take up the cudgels of this heavenly war and do what they feel is the right thing to do in protecting the innocent, developing, third-density souls on planet Earth. It may be noted that in all of this strife, there is nothing but the highest ideals and desires on the part of those of positive polarity, and in their own way, those of negative polarity. There is a good deal of confusion, but there is not the goal to spread confusion or to act in any way but a righteous or a good way. It is simply that in whatever density one is, one remains capable of error.

Now Q’uo said that a fourth-density soul is able to communicate with first density, second density, third density, fourth density, fifth, sixth, and seventh density since it is an open universe, and the choices are quickly made to shut out most of that which is available to know so that the evolving soul may continue with its lessons, but there is full knowledge of the vibration of the one infinite Creator in all vibrations available to that entity, but the graduation to fourth density does not automatically create any improvement in the evolutionary status of the soul, so just as a person who has graduated from third grade goes to school the first day for fourth grade knowing nothing more than he knew at the end of third grade, so the beginning student of fourth density has only the harvest of third-density knowledge as they approach the lessons of fourth density. Q’uo went on to say for a great portion of your last major cycle of 75,000-plus years, those who have graduated to fourth density have felt it necessary to defend their polarity from the opposite polarity as if they were still in third density, so the entities involved in this war are of the inner planes rather than coming from outside the planet, and fourth-density wanderers are not coming in to carry on this war, but there are entities coming in which, having reached harvestability, have chosen not to go on to fourth density but to remain in the inner planes of third density, so their awareness is that of fourth density, yet their prejudices remain those of third density, so they are convinced that they must defend the souls of planet Earth from negative polarity, and those who have graduated in the negative sense see it as their business to battle the Light, and they see themselves as those who would use the Light for their own purposes, taking the power of which the positive polarity is full and flipping it, so that its power becomes negative. Then Q’uo said that this situation of “war in heaven,” is a part of our inner-planes environment, and individual entities of both polarities become mature enough spiritually to realize that strife is unnecessary, and they become free of third-density fear and are able to move on to their lessons, leaving the war behind, but there are people that are new to fourth density who are willing to take up the weapons of this heavenly war and do what they feel is the right thing to do in protecting the innocent third-density souls on Earth, so in all of this strife, there is nothing but the highest ideals on the part of those of positive polarity, and in their own way, those of negative polarity, so there is confusion, but there is not the goal to spread confusion or to act in any way but a good way, so it is that in whatever density one is, one remains capable of error. On December 10, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the nature of third density fear:

Gradually, oh so gradually, the human leaves infanthood and enters childhood, and the fear recedes somewhat. A child has learned to speak. It can ask why. It can defend itself with words to some extent. But the patterns of fear are deep. They are not evil. They are natural. Throughout the lifetime of an entity in third density, fear is around the corner, outside the door, under the bed, in the closet: the boogeyman. Yet the true location of this fear is in the experiences of being born and of being helpless.

What child has ever had all of its needs met? What growing teenager has ever been able to plumb the depths of its own passage? My friends, you arrive at adulthood battered by the experiences you have undergone. Some, indeed most, entities cover their pain with that thin veneer of civilization: the clever words, the appropriate actions, the right clothing. But within the deep mind of each entity lies many a doorway into fear. And fear has many friends. Fear can produce anger. It can produce unworthiness. It can produce guilt. It can produce many difficult and dark emotions and feelings.

We ourselves, as we have said, feel that we have occasionally made errors. Certainly, the degree of information that we were able to share with some of those involved in your Manhattan Project, also in the work of the one known as Nicola, there was an unwise amount of information shared. The opportunity seemed to be to offer powerful resources that would alleviate the necessity for the people of planet Earth to work so very hard and to use up their incarnational time without being able to work on their metaphysical evolution. Yet these powerfully positive people were not able to control the results of their use of our information. Is it a concern of ours that this information was used to harm, where we had hoped only to help? Yes, it remains a concern. From each of our mistakes we have learned much. And because of our concern for those distortions that have occurred, we remain within your planetary atmosphere, as it were, ready to speak through such instruments as this one, in the hope of lessening distortion.

When one speaks of such entities as The Nine, one speaks of a kind of entity that has an unusual relationship with some of those within the inner planes of this planet. The entities which make up The Nine are, in fact, those of the entity known to this instrument as Yahweh. This instrument was saying that she felt that this was the designation of that particular contact, and we confirmed that information as being so. As you know, Yahweh has had a long relationship with those of planet Earth, especially those which came into incarnation from the planetary influence of the sphere you know as Mars. In altering the genetic code for this large group of entities as they incarnated upon planet Earth, they placed bits of themselves, shall we say, to make a complex story simpler, within the genetic changes that were made, and each of you carries, to some extent, some of these altered changes in your DNA.

Consequently, this particular entity contains a host of energies from the inner planes of your planet. There is a legitimate extraterrestrial aspect to this energy, but it is harmonized with inner-planes thought forms which are the templates of the genetic changes made 75,000 years ago when those of Mars came into the Earth’s sphere. This means that these entities which together make up The Nine or Yahweh have never grown past the impulse or desire to interfere—for the good, of course—in the story of planet Earth. There is a tremendous love of the people of Earth from this group and a sincere and genuine desire to help. And yet, because of the distortions that have persisted in their infringement upon the free will of all of those whose genetic codes have been changed, there is a lack of awareness of the distortions inherent in physically presenting themselves before entities or making physical changes in an environment of which they are a part in order to convince entities that they are real.

Q’uo went on to say we feel that we have made errors, and the degree of information that we shared with some of those involved in your Manhattan Project and in the work of Nicola Tesla there was an unwise amount of information shared, so the opportunity seemed to be to offer resources that would alleviate the necessity for the people of Earth to work so hard and to use up their time without being able to work on their spiritual evolution, yet these positive people were not able to control the results of their use of our information, so it is a concern of ours that this information was used to harm, where we had hoped only to help, and it remains a concern, so from each of our mistakes we have learned much, and because of our concern for those distortions that have occurred, we remain within your planetary atmosphere ready to speak through such instruments as Carla in the hope of lessening distortion. Then Q’uo said that when one speaks of such entities as The Nine they are those of the entity known to Carla as Yahweh, [I believe that this is an error on Q’uo’s part to describe Yahweh and The Nine to be the same entity as The Nine are usually referred to as The Council of Nine that oversees extraterrestrial contact with Earth, and Yahweh is part of the Guardians that are 24 in number.] and she felt that this was the designation of that particular contact, and we confirmed that information as being correct, so as Yahweh has had a long relationship with those of Earth, especially those which came into incarnation from the planetary influence of Mars, and in altering the genetic code for this large group of entities as they incarnated upon Earth, they placed bits of themselves within the genetic changes that were made, and each of you carries some of these altered changes in your DNA. Q’uo continued by saying this entity contains a host of energies from the inner planes of our planet, and there is an extraterrestrial aspect to this energy, but it is harmonized with inner-planes thought forms which are the templates of the genetic changes made 75,000 years ago when those of Mars came into the Earth’s sphere, so this means that these entities which make up The Nine or Yahweh have never grown past the desire to interfere—for the good, of course—in the story of planet Earth, and there is a tremendous Love of the people of Earth from this group and a sincere desire to help, but because of the distortions that have persisted in their infringement upon the free will of all of those whose genetic codes have been changed, there is a lack of awareness of the distortions inherent in physically presenting themselves before entities or making physical changes in an environment of which they are a part in order to convince entities that they are real. In 18.24, Ra described the nature of the changes that Yahweh had made in the entities from Mars:

Questioner: Then Yahweh’s communications did not help or did not create what Yahweh wished for them to create. Is this correct?

I am Ra. The results of this interaction were quite mixed. Where the entities were of a vibrational sum characteristic which embraced oneness, the manipulations of Yahweh were very useful. Wherein the entities of free will had chosen a less positively oriented configuration of sum total vibratory complex, those of the Orion group were able, for the first time, to make serious inroads upon the consciousness of the planetary complex.

We deeply understand the desire of those of The Nine to make a difference on planet Earth. We understand, because we have experimented with coming among your people, the desire to make a mass landing and to herald a new day, calling for Love and Light, with the strength of a massive display of superior insight, intellect and knowledge. We do not agree that it is a gambit that will be effective in any way in lightening the consciousness of planet Earth, and we have, many thousands of your years ago, put away any thought of doing so. The promised landings, as the one known as Jim said earlier, shall not occur. Yet there is that energy within the psyches or subconscious levels of mind of many upon planet Earth which desire this outcome. And so the desires of those upon planet Earth mingle with the desires of those of The Nine to create a self-fulfilling link in which the information continues to be offered because it is desired.

And this is a point which is worthy of some examination. We find it helpful to work with instruments such as this one, who has no particular need to express its own thoughts, for we are able to channel through this instrument that which we wish to say without this instrument’s adding or subtracting information according to its opinions. It is helpful to have instruments with whom to work who have no biases as far as the outcome of their words. The more need there is on the part of the instrument to channel certain things, the more likely the instrument is to take that which we have to say and to create of our thoughts a little more than we had to say, shall we say. The biases of the channel are always a part of any channeling. The only question is to what extent the bias of the channel has influenced the material produced.

A certain amount of material which is part of the instrument’s experience is helpful and we often use stories from this instrument’s life or thoughts that this instrument has considered to color our simple message with the various guises of storytelling and myth. For if we offered only the simple truth, without any storytelling, then we would say over and over again, “All is one. That one thing is unconditional love. Love is the Creator. Love is the Creator’s house, and Love is the nature of all beings in that house.” Indeed, we are grateful to have the personal coloration of the instrument to give more variety to our message. However, it is a delicate thing to collaborate with an earthly instrument and produce spiritually helpful material that has a minimum of bias. This is our goal. Needless to say, this is not the goal of all who have spoken with your people.

Q’uo continued by saying we understand the desire of those of The Nine to make a difference on planet Earth because we have experimented with coming among your people with the desire to make a mass landing and to herald a new day, calling for Love and Light, with the strength of a display of superior insight and knowledge, but we do not agree that it is an effort that will be effective in lightening the consciousness of Earth, and we have long ago put away any thought of doing so, and the promised landings shall not occur, yet there is that energy within the subconscious levels of the mind of many upon Earth which desire this outcome, so the desires of those upon Earth mix with the desires of those of The Nine to create a self-fulfilling link in which the information continues to be offered because it is desired. Now Q’uo said that we find it helpful to work with instruments such as Carla, who have no need to express her own thoughts, for we are able to channel through her that which we wish to say without her adding or subtracting information according to her opinions, so it is helpful to have instruments with whom to work who have no biases as far as the outcome of their words because the more need there is on the part of the instrument to channel certain things, the more likely the instrument is to take that which we have to say and to create of our thoughts a little more than we had to say, so the biases of the channel are always a part of any channeling, and the only question is to what extent the bias of the channel has influenced the material produced. Then Q’uo said that a certain amount of material which is part of Carla’s experience is helpful, and we often use stories from her life or thoughts that she has considered to color our message with the forms of storytelling, for if we offered only the simple truth, without any storytelling, then we would say over and over again: “All is one That one thing is unconditional Love. Love is the Creator. Love is the Creator’s house, and Love is the nature of all beings in that house.” Q’uo said we are grateful to have the personal coloration of Carla to give variety to our message, but it is a delicate thing to collaborate with an earthly instrument and produce spiritually helpful material that has a minimum of bias, and this is our goal, but this is not the goal of all who have spoken with your people. On June 15, 1980, Latwii began to tell a story to illustrate the value of storytelling to make a spiritual point:

I would like to tell you a story, for my brother Hatonn has begun to teach me the art of storytelling, and I will practice it upon you this evening. I hope that I can tell you a good story and one that would give you some good advice.

There was once, my friends, a young tree. And this tree was a very intelligent tree. And it decided that it wished to become the best fruit tree of its kind that had ever been made in all of creation. And so, my friends, it began to plot how to grow its blossoms and its fruit, and to calculate just when its leaves should fall and when each leaf should turn to get the greatest amount of fruit from the vine. And it spent a great deal of time in attempting to fruit.

In time, the tree was very widely noted, for no two pieces of fruit were just the same but were different from each other. However, the tree was much less capable of caring for itself than the other trees. And this it could not understand because it was, after all, a very, very intelligent tree and capable of complex and vast abstract thinking. In time, my friends, this tree withered and perished, while the other fruit trees in the orchard, who had never given a thought to who they were or how to become better, flourished as was their nature.

That is our story, my friends. Now we will attempt to speak on the story. You must understand that each of you is just as the tree – rooted in what we are forced to call Love. That is an oversimplification, but it is the best word that we can find in this instrument’s mind to simply express that which is a part of creation. You, like the tree, are perfect. And instinctually, you will turn towards the sun and bear fruit for the season. However, my friends, unlike regular trees, we talked to you about a tree who was very intelligent. That, my friends, is your greatest [inaudible] in the spiritual [inaudible].

When the Creator, in His infinite wisdom, sent us all into the void upon the great circle of becoming, He gave each entity the power of co-Creator. That is, my friends, He gave each of you free will. You can become whatever you desire, spiritually speaking. Thus, you can cause your world to become very complex. And the fruits that you bear to the many [inaudible]. However, my friends, do consciously attempt to control the flow of Love from the Central Sun of your existence, which is Love. If you do not let Love speak to Love, you then begin to distort the Love from which [inaudible]. The more you calculate, my friends, the more opportunity there is for distortion. [And the story went on.]

The one known as Billy Meier is anomalous in that this entity was dealing with unaffiliated entities of fourth-density level; that is, they were not affiliated with the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. They, and the one known as Billy, were able to offer some positively-oriented and inspirational material thanks to the catalysis of the one known as Billy. At the same time, these entities were not entirely positive. That is to say, though of fourth-density level, they had not come through the development into a planetary social memory complex and consequently their actions were, in many ways, flawed according to that rule of non-infringement on free will that is so dear to our hearts.

As you investigate and research non-normal contact between the inhabitants of your planet and extraterrestrial entities, you will find that there is a vast array of experiences that have been had by various people in the years of keeping history and writing it down. Some extraterrestrial sources have made compacts with inner-planes sources. Some extraterrestrial sources have become inner planes sources. There is a bewildering array of non-normal contact. Some of the information in many of these mixed-polarity contacts is useful. Therefore, it is completely up to each seeker to discard information that is not helping that particular person, in his judgment, and to focus on those pieces of information that do seem to be helpful, again, strictly according to that entity’s judgment. My friends, your judgment is adequate to the task of sifting through the variety of messages that you may read. You do have the capacity to follow your heart and to follow the path of resonance.

Q’uo continued by saying Billy Meier is anomalous in that he was dealing with fourth-density level entities that were not affiliated with the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator, and they and Billy were able to offer positively-oriented information thanks to the catalysis of Billy, but at the same time these entities were not entirely positive because even though they were of fourth-density level, they had not formed a planetary social memory complex, so their actions were flawed according to that rule of non-infringement on free will that is so dear to our hearts. Q’uo completed their reply by saying as you research non-normal contact between the inhabitants of your planet and extraterrestrial entities, you will find there are many experiences that have been had by people in the years of keeping history, and some extraterrestrial sources have made compacts with inner-planes sources and have become inner planes sources, so there is a bewildering array of non-normal contact, and some of the information in many of these mixed-polarity contacts is useful, so it is up to each seeker to discard information that is not helpful and to focus on those pieces of information that do seem to be helpful according to that entity’s judgment, and that entity’s judgment is adequate to the task of sifting through the variety of messages that may be read, and they do have the capacity to follow their heart and to follow the path of resonance. On May 27, 2008, Q’uo described the path of resonance:

We may say that the sources are there. However, they are scattered and unrecognized. Consequently, we would suggest to the one known as D that he combine research into Light and its nature, especially research done by those who are unrecognized and obscure, with a continuation of his unremitting, unwavering, absolute devotion to the one infinite Creator and to the service of the one infinite Creator, and to maintain that focus while requesting his guidance system to enhance his ability to sense that path of resonance and synchronicity that shall aid him.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a follow-up question, Q’uo. Is it correct to say that entities that are part of the Confederation observe the approach to contact with humans that your group has?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. On the whole, it is fair to say that is true. However, we ourselves have acted other than according to these dictates within your major cycle. Consequently, we cannot say that the Confederation’s hands are completely clean, either. However, we believe that we have learned, for the most part, from our mistakes and we hope that we have found the optimal way to offer helpful information without significant distortion.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: Yes. Is the experience of Earth’s having so much extraterrestrial contact towards the end of the cycle the fairly typical experience of planets going through this third density, in this galaxy?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. It is so that as a planetary population becomes ready to be harvested, it calls for inspiration in such a way that those entities who are sympathetic to that call will come and visit. However, it is unusual for a planet so near to harvest to have visitations from both positive and negative sources. It is more common to see this pattern at the beginning of a major cycle. By the second minor cycle there is usually the beginning of a planetary choice for the positive or negative polarity. With your planet, contrariwise, the majority of those choosing at all upon your planet have indeed chosen the positive polarity. There is far more positive energy upon your planet than negative.

However, there is enough negative-polarity energy to create a dual call, both positive and negative. This has blurred and confused the situation, since instead of having one concerted planetary surge towards the light or towards the darkness, there is this continuing dynamic between the light and the darkness as entities approach graduation. Therefore, your planetary sphere is anomalous in having dual visitation. And the anomaly is serious enough that this entire planet has been, as we have said before, quarantined for this major cycle in order to attempt to regulate the mix of contact so that those of negative polarity are able to communicate with entities upon planet Earth only at certain randomized intervals.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: I have one last question on a different subject. But before I say it, I feel that I want to say, at least from my limited viewpoint, that the work that the Confederation is doing with its diligence and attention to free will is deeply inspiring, at least to me, and since I’m part of everyone else it must be so for other people as well. The question actually is about the nature of the call. You have mentioned that you hear the call. I’m curious about what this call feels like. What is this call to your entity?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would thank you for your comments upon our attempts to serve the population of planet Earth. It is, of course, music to our ears to feel that love that you have for us, and we thank you, my brother.

Yet it is also worthy to note in this regard that it does not eliminate our questions and concerns as to what that line is between witnessing to our own truth and being persuaders. For we would not be persuaders. We do not wish to pull or push people or do anything except offer hopefully helpful information. At the same time, it is obvious from the nature of our information that we are biased towards the positive polarity, and that we do rejoice when entities awaken. The philosophical aspects of our work have never been entirely clear because, as we said at the beginning, the only way that we can be of utterly positive polarity is to cease attempting in any way to influence the entities whom we love so dearly and are calling to us.

Now, to respond to your query on the nature of the call. When one of your human babies awakens in the night and discovers that it is hungry, wet and alone, it cries. It calls out in the only way it knows for help. Blessedly, in almost every case, the parents come and minister to that child, feeding it, drying it, getting a new, dry diaper on it, and cuddling it until it naturally goes back to sleep, content, knowing that it is loved and that all of its needs are met. Each of you is, spiritually speaking, an infant. And you are crying in the night. You are crying for spiritual food. You are crying to be cleansed of the grime of confusion, sorrow and suffering. And you are crying because you are alone and you do not feel loved.

As entities move through the third density, they begin to become able to address their own needs. As they awaken and become spiritual toddlers, or spiritual preschoolers, they begin to choose to feed themselves heavenly food, to cleanse themselves from spiritually degrading ideas and concepts, and to win through to the knowledge that they are not alone. Because of the intense confusion among your peoples throughout your third-density experience, for the most part entities have not matured beyond the crib. They cry out in the darkness and our hearts go out to them. There is a great desire on our parts to reach out the hand to steady that baby, to feed that baby, to give that sweet infant soul a new start, a clean diaper, a bellyful of love, and a good rock in the cradle.

We hope that we have become more mature as those who offer help, as we have experimented with ways to answer that call. And we can certainly say that those of planet Earth have begun to become more mature, as it should be. Many are those who have moved from the cradle to preschool, to grade school, to middle school, and finally are ready to graduate third density on time, mature at last, knowing that the food of Love is the food for them; knowing that they wish to turn from anything that is not truly Love and Light; knowing that they are not alone. For as they love, so have they been loved a hundredfold, a thousandfold, overwhelmingly. The hard part for entities is that first waking up. And it is this effort to which we have come in response. Our Love remains unblemished. How far we have fallen short of perfection in our dealings with your planetary population is unknown to us, but we are sure that there are many, many mistakes that we have made for which we humbly ask your forgiveness.

The energy wanes for this entity and this group, so we thank the instrument and leave it and the group in love and in light. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I vacuumed the first floor of my home, and then I went outside and used my trimmer to trim the weeds in the side yard and around the fishpond, and then I trimmed all of the weeds out of the front yard.

This afternoon I went outside and used my trimmer to trim the weeds out of the pet cemetery, and then I began trimming the weeds and the walkways in the back yard, and then I used the backpack blower to blow clean as much around the yard as I could before it started raining, and the rain brought the end to my blowing.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 25

By What Star Shall You Steer

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full and divine Love of creation and Creator.

Does it not seem to you somehow unusual that we who accept the phrase of Holy Spirit never call ourselves holy and that we who are the Spirit of the living Christ never call Jesus Christ, Lord?

We are of the principle of full and divine consciousness, and as such we are servants of your souls, those who love the spirit within you.

It is for you to choose what principle guides your life, by what star you shall steer. Shall it be the Love of Jesus Christ, and shall you call Jesus Christ Lord of your life? That is your decision.

Your capacity for worship is your own private treasure. May you ever enlarge and make more noble and uplifted your times of worship and adoration! And if, as yet, you do not worship and do not adore, then spend more time in the inner room of silence, listening, in the growing awareness of Love.

We leave you in the love and peace of Jesus the Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 19, 2008:

The question this week Q’uo is: What is your opinion of the use which ritual magic makes of repeated ritualized behavior to seek and serve the Creator? It seems to utilize the doubling effect in that each repetition of the ritual seems to increase the seeker’s desire and purity to seek and serve the Creator. Would Q’uo please describe how we, as seekers of truth, can bring this kind of magic into our daily lives?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. May we express to you our delight at the privilege of being asked to join your circle of seeking and take part in this working. We are very happy to share with you our thoughts on the devotional life; that is, how to create a life that dwells within the precincts of White Ritual Magic, as the one known as Jim has asked. However, as always, we would preface our remarks by asking each who hears or reads these words to take responsibility for discriminating as each listens to what we have to say. Take what seems good to you and leave the rest behind. Please do not make the mistake of thinking that all that we say is equally important to you, for spiritual seeking is very idiosyncratic. There will be those thoughts that are helpful to you and those thoughts that do not fit your process as it is. You only need those things that make you feel a resonance and a wish to ponder them further. If you will discriminate, then that will free us to offer our thoughts without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or be a stumbling block in the way of your process. We thank you for this consideration, my friends.

We would further preface our remarks by saying that the basis of all of these thoughts which we offer to you this particular evening is Love. One can move into a great many complexities and details in discussing how to live a life that is grounded in love and based upon the awareness that all are one and all things are the Creator. Yet underlying every complexity and every detail is a single, simple truth: the one infinite Creator, and you, and all that there is are one thing. It is a unified creation, and the nature of that unity is Love. Unconditional Love is the one great original Thought that has generated all the seen worlds and all of the unseen worlds as well.

Yourquestion, my brother, moves into that area where the seeker has awakened so thoroughly that he has begun to seek to express the fruits of his new awareness. We do not need to remind each that the prerequisite for working to create a magical ritual of the entire life is an open heart. And the prerequisite for having an open heart is a freely flowing chakra body, with the lower chakras balanced, and open, and full power moving through into the heart and thence through the upper chakras and out the crown of the head. When you become aware that this is not the case, in your momentary estimation of your state of mind, then there is the need to relinquish the magical personality and move into that balancing mode where that trigger which has taken you away from an open energy system and an open heart is identified, loved, accepted, embraced, and balanced. Then and only then is it wise to move back into the ceremonial dance of the devotional life.

We use the term, devotional life, because it is this instrument’s term for a life in which the principles of ritual magic of the white ceremonial kind are brought into the daily life, and it is a phrase that is easier for us to say. Therefore, please understand that when we speak of the devotional life we are not speaking specifically of a Christian life, or any type of belief system that would be behind living a life of devotion to the one infinite Creator. We are simply taking the shortcut of this instrument’s vocabulary for describing the life in which the entity sees not only the possibility but the need for imbuing every aspect of the normal, everyday life with magic. As the one known as Jim has said, the basic work of the magician is to create changes in his consciousness by an act of will. He does this very specifically in order to serve. There is nothing physical connected with the white ritual magical tradition. All the work that is done is work in consciousness. The work consists of invocation. One invokes one’s own magical personality and then one invokes characteristics of the Creator or the Creator Itself.

We may illustrate the principles of this type of magic by looking at the ritual that this instrument calls Holy Communion or the Holy Eucharist. The ritual is conducted by a priest. The priest prepares the congregation by reading from holy works, offering prayers and supplications, and then leading the congregation in a general confession of sins. In this confession, all is laid before the one infinite Creator, given away by the self, emptying the self of all that is past. The priest then absolves those in the congregation, reminding them that Jesus the Christ came to love rather than to judge and that all is forgiven. Thusly he prepares the congregation for the reception of the Holy Communion. He then turns his back to the congregation, or in some churches simply turns his mind and his attention away from the congregation, and he begins to pray directly to the one infinite Creator.

The group question for this session was: “What is your opinion of the use which ritual magic makes of repeated ritualized behavior to seek and serve the Creator? It seems to utilize the doubling effect in that each repetition of the ritual seems to increase the seeker’s desire and purity to seek and serve the Creator. Would Q’uo please describe how we, as seekers of truth, can bring this kind of magic into our daily lives?” Q’uo began their reply by saying our question moves into that area where we have awakened so thoroughly that we have begun to express the fruits of our new awareness, but Q’uo does not need to remind each of us that the requirement for working to create a magical ritual of the entire life is an open heart, and the requirement for having an open heart is a freely flowing chakra body, with the lower chakras balanced, and open, and full power moving through into our heart and then through the upper chakras and out the crown of our head, so when we become aware that this is not the case, there is the need to relinquish the magical personality and move into that balancing mode where that trigger which has taken us away from an open energy system and an open heart is identified, loved, and balanced, and then it is wise to move back into the ceremonial dance of the devotional life. Q’uo went on to say that they use the term, devotional life, because it is Carla’s term for a life in which the principles of ritual magic of the white ceremonial kind are brought into the daily life, and it is a phrase that is easier for Q’uo to say that when they speak of the devotional life they are not speaking of a Christian life, or any type of belief system that would be behind living a life of devotion to the one infinite Creator, so they are taking the shortcut of Carla’s vocabulary for describing the life in which we see the need for imbuing every aspect of the everyday life with magic, and as Jim has said, the basic work of the magician is to create changes in our consciousness by an act of will, and we do this in order to serve, but there is nothing physical connected with the white magical tradition because all the work that is done is work in consciousness which consists of invocation our magical personality, and then we invoke the Creator Itself. Q’uo continued by saying they may illustrate the principles of this type of magic by looking at the ritual that Carla calls Holy Communion which is conducted by a priest who prepares the congregation by reading from holy works, offering prayers and supplications, and then leading the congregation in a general confession of sins, and in this confession, all is laid before the one infinite Creator, given away by ourself, emptying ourself of all that is past, and then the priest absolves those in the congregation, reminding them that Jesus the Christ came to love rather than to judge, and that all is forgiven which prepares the congregation for the reception of the Holy Communion, so then he turns his back to the congregation, and he begins to pray directly to the one infinite Creator. On March 21, 1982, Latwii spoke of the nature of the Holy Communion:

Again, we may return to the magical nature of that which is known as blood, but we now move to the time/space or metaphysical portion when discussing that activity which is known to your people as the Holy Communion.

The entity known as Jesus did possess a knowledge that was deep upon the subject of the magical transfiguration, shall we say, of its source of enlightenment or power unto those whom it desired to serve. It was well aware that the ritual of communion would provide those entities revering it with a means of making an opening within the time/space portion of their beings for the Love and Light of the one Creator to fill that opening, depending upon how efficiently the entity had prepared its being to receive this vital energy, much as a transfusion, if we may continue our analogy.

This particular type of ritual does focus, then, upon the aspects which you might call positive in the transferring of the power of the magical nature of life fluids and life energies which course through all creation. This type of ritual known as the Holy Communion does, then, allow each who partakes of it to drink of the life-giving beingness of the Father, so that those transfers of energy and of power are those which seek to serve the others of the being so that there is an increase in the level of awareness of the unity of all creation within those who partake within the ritual of communion.

He remembers the actions of the one known as Jesus the Christ in which the Christ is breaking bread and drinking wine with his disciples. He tells them, “Take this bread; it is my body. Take this wine; it is my blood.” And as he remembers this, with his priestly hands hovering over the bread and the wine he is about to give the congregation, he invokes the presence of Jesus the Christ, that it may enter into the substance of the bread and the wine.  Magically, then, it becomes a living host, a living carrier for new life. As the congregation takes this bread and this wine from his hands, again he says, “The bread of life, the cup of salvation,” and that repetition brings the energy of Jesus the Christ into the awareness of each of the congregation as they eat the body and drink the blood that has set them free to live a new life, unencumbered by past sins.

We describe this ceremony or ritual to you in some detail because we wish you to see the kind of change that a magical ritual is intended to offer. It is intended to create a change in consciousness, or as this instrument would say, a change in vibration. The intent is to lift the natural default vibration of each of the congregation by invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the persona of Jesus the Christ. The everyday life is not spent in church and in the workaday world. Each seeker must choose to be his own priest. Each seeker is fully capable of taking on priesthood. Yet we would suggest to the seeker who wishes to live a devotional life that he become more and more finely tuned to an awareness of this momentary decision to become the priest rather than the lay person. For there is a qualitative difference between the actions of a lay person and the actions of a priest.

When one is a lay person, one is framing the self without any particular power, metaphysically or spiritually speaking. When one styles himself as a priest, on the other hand, he styles himself as an entity who has become able to handle sacred things and to pray directly to the one infinite Creator and be heard. You are naturally priests. The unnatural frame of mind, in terms of your deeper nature, is that of the lay person. Yet your culture has trained you all of your life to give your power away to authority figures such as priests. Therefore, as you set out to live a devotional life, we ask that you take seriously the responsibility of priesthood. When you do not feel priestly, then it is well for you to refrain from expressing the form of any ritual. It is essential that the essence of the ritual precede and inform the form. Otherwise, the ritual is dead and does not have power.

Then Q’uo said the priest remembers the actions of Jesus the Christ in which the Christ is breaking bread and drinking wine with His disciples, and He tells them, “Take this bread; it is my body. Take this wine; it is my blood.” And as he remembers this, with his priestly hands hovering over the bread and the wine he is about to give the congregation, he invokes the presence of Jesus the Christ, that it may enter into the substance of the bread and the wine, and then magically it becomes a living carrier for new life, so as the congregation takes this bread and this wine from his hands, again he says, “The bread of life, the cup of salvation,” and that repetition brings the energy of Jesus the Christ into the awareness of each of the congregation as they eat the body and drink the blood that has set them free to live a new life, freed by past sins. Then Q’uo said they would describe this ceremony to us in detail because they wish for us to see the kind of change that a magical ritual is intended to offer by creating a change in our consciousness, so the intent is to lift the natural default vibration of each of the congregation by invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the person of Jesus the Christ, and because the everyday life is not spent in church and in the workaday world each of us must choose to be our own priest, and we are capable of taking on priesthood, but Q’uo suggested  to us that if we wish to live a devotional life that we become more finely tuned to an awareness of this momentary decision to become the priest rather than the lay person, for there is a qualitative difference between the actions of a lay person and the actions of a priest. Now Q’uo said that when we are a lay person, we are framing ourself without any particular power, spiritually speaking, but when we style ourself as a priest we style ourself as an entity who has become able to handle sacred things and to pray directly to the one infinite Creator and be heard since we are naturally priests, so the unnatural frame of mind, in terms of our deeper nature, is that of the lay person, yet our culture has trained us all of our life to give our power away to authority figures such as priests, and as we set out to live a devotional life, Q’uo asked that we take seriously the responsibility of priesthood, and when we do not feel priestly, then it is well for us to refrain from expressing the form of any ritual since it is essential that the essence of the ritual precede and inform the form, or the ritual does not have power. On July 14, 1994, Q’uo described the nature of the devotional life:

It is the burden and the glory of those who do live a religious, spiritual, or devotional life to live on two levels at once, for the level of the outer world is, indeed, the either/or of service to self or service to others and the dynamics of that life are unforgiving. Yet still, within these outer appearances lies an inner reality which only the heart of humankind can know or experience.

The joy within this illusion you experience flows most freely when it is consciously accepted and visualized within each daily period that these levels are not contradicting each other but rather are the inner and the outer layers of that which is being experienced. Whenever it is perceived that the seeker has focused overmuch upon the Tree of Knowledge then the seeker does well to pause momentarily in order to remember that inner reality, that inner universe and open a shuttle from that inner universe through the seeker’s own heart so that while the seeker is dealing in a practical and intellectually appropriate way with either/or dynamics, yet still that seeker’s heart is open because of that vivid memory and remembrance, which is renewed each moment, of the overriding and overarching reality within, which illumines, transfigures, and reconfigures the whole.

It is not necessary, my friends, to be extremely judgmental or overly critical of the self as to whether or not the self is open-hearted and working with an open energy-body system. Indeed, after a certain amount of practice at remaining in this frame of mind of the priest at all times, it shall become familiar enough to the seeker that there is no longer the concern for whether or not one is in tune. This is due to the fact that once an entity has become accustomed to living in a priestly manner, any aberration from that tenor of mind will be all too obvious to the entity and will constitute that which needs attending as though it were a pain in the body. It is for the beginner that we offer these warnings. We place them here because it is essential that seekers see the difference between actions and essence. One may speak in ritualistic ways and move in ritualistic motions and yet fail to live a magical life because the heart is not open and love is not flowing. As the one known as Paul said, “Without love, I am a clanging gong.”

The most intricate of rituals is always founded on Love. That is the prerequisite. Therefore, we encourage each to do the work necessary to support a devotional life. There are all too many of your people that have sought the life of a religious recluse because of the great yearning for the infinite Creator, yet because the form remained that which was understood and not the essence, the hunger remained and even grew, despite the monastic schedule of six worship services in each day. That being said, let us look at some ways to think about the devotional life lived in the rush of the workaday world. In a way, it seems an odd fit to make of the everyday functions of life a ritual, yet each and every portion of the life is entirely prone to and grateful for sacred use. In order to illustrate this, we would take an example from this instrument’s own life.

Now Q’uo said it is not necessary to be critical of ourself as to whether we are open-hearted and working with an open energy-body system, and after we practice remaining in this frame of mind of the priest at all times, it shall become familiar  to us that there is no concern for whether or not we are in tune, and this is due to the fact that once we have become used to living in a priestly manner, any deviation from that tenor of mind will be obvious to us, and it will constitute that which needs attending as though it were a pain in our body, so it is for the beginner that Q’uo offered these warnings, and they placed them here because it is essential we see the difference between actions and essence because we may speak in ritualistic ways and move in ritualistic motions, and yet fail to live a magical life because our heart is not open, and love is not flowing, so as Paul said, “Without love, I am a clanging gong.” Then Q’uo said the most intricate of rituals is always founded on Love, so Q’uo encouraged us to do the work necessary to support a devotional life because there are too many of our people that have sought the life of a religious recluse because of the great yearning for the infinite Creator, yet because the form remained that which was understood and not the essence, the hunger remained and even grew, despite the monastic schedule of six worship services in each day, so Q’uo said let us look at some ways to think about the devotional life lived in the rush of the workaday world, so it seems an odd fit to make of the everyday functions of life a ritual, yet each portion of the life is grateful for sacred use, and in order to illustrate this, we would take an example from Carla’s life. On October 25, 2008, Q’uo described the life of a religious recluse:

The life of a religious recluse is designed to eliminate all possible distractions so that the seeker, the disciple, the student, may do nothing but wind the coil of the intensity of desire to know the Creator day after day and year after year. Nevertheless, there is no escape from humanhood within the bounds of flesh and blood, breath and desire. The most humble and self-abandoned disciple shall still find itself desiring those things which shall bring comfort to the body, the mind, or the spirit.

The initiate does not stop being human. The initiate becomes transparent to its humanhood and is able to gaze upon the requests which the body or the mind may make to the self with a certain amount of detachment and a larger point of view which enables the disciple to act in a more skillful way than one who has not become initiated. It does not remove the business of living from that disciple. That disciple still must find ways to imbue all of those necessary parts of being human with awareness, attention, and often ritual, which all are designed to keep the disciple in a good state of tuning.

Each day this instrument and the one known as Jim come together at the end of their working day for a bath. This instrument has physical limitations which make it helpful for the one known as Jim to interact with her, far more than most husbands and wives interact when bathing. The one known as Jim draws the bath, opens the oils and lotions that will be needed after the bath and places them ready, and invites this instrument into the bathtub. He helps her sit down and together they enjoy their whirlpool and the cleansing of their bodies. When they are both clean, before they leave the bathtub, the one known as Jim takes two pieces of ice in holders and for two minutes ices this instrument’s back, which alleviates the arthritic pain in her shoulders and spine. When this has been done, the instrument lets the water out of the bath and puts the shampoos and other accoutrements of the bath away and then is helped out of the bathtub by the one known as Jim. He helps her rub oil into her body, dries her off and then puts lotion on her body, working to replenish sensitive skin that is always very dry.

Atthe end of their bath ritual they are both clean, the instrument has accomplished all that she needs to accomplish with the help of the one known as Jim, and in all of that intricate movement there have been no words. For each knows the dance and each makes of the dance as graceful and beautiful a thing as can be conceived by both of them. Here it may be seen that the form of the ritual is very homely. There is nothing special about the ingredients of this ritual. They are soap, water, oil, and so forth. Yet the love that streams between husband and wife, as the one known as Jim helps this instrument with her daily cleansing, is palpable, and powerful, and supports and encourages each in his own individual metaphysical life.

There are two things that we would note about this ritual before moving on. Firstly, the one known as Carla, during the whirlpool portion of the bath, actively works with angelic presences, mentally expressing her love, thankfulness and joy and rededicating herself to the service of the one infinite Creator. By doing so, she charges the water, acting as a priestess for both, although this too is never spoken. Secondly, the dance of the bath moves into the succeeding moments of dressing and moving into the next item of the day in ways which link and tie in the energies of love, cooperation, and mutual participation in the dance so that the dance does not end when the bathwater is drained.

Q’uo continued by saying each day Carla and Jim come together at the end of their working day for a bath, and Carla has physical limitations which make it helpful for Jim to interact with her, more than most husbands and wives interact when bathing, so Jim draws the bath, opens the oils and lotions that will be needed after the bath and places them aside and invites Carla into the bathtub, and he helps her sit down, and they enjoy their whirlpool and the cleansing of their bodies, and when they are both clean, before they leave the bathtub, Jim takes two pieces of ice in holders and for two minutes ices Carla’s back which alleviates the arthritic pain in her shoulders and spine, so when this has been done, she lets the water out of the bath and puts the shampoos and other accoutrements of the bath away, and then is helped out of the bathtub by Jim, and he helps her rub oil into her body, dries her off, and puts lotion on her body, working to replenish sensitive skin that is always dry. Then Q’uo said at the end of their bath ritual they are both clean, and Carla has accomplished all that she needs to accomplish with the help of Jim, and in all of that intricate movement there have been no words, for each knows the dance, and each makes the dance as graceful a thing as can be conceived by both of them, so here it may be seen that the form of the ritual is very homely since there is nothing special about the ingredients of this ritual of soap, water, and oil, yet the love that streams between husband and wife, as Jim helps Carla with her daily cleansing is powerful, and encourages each in their metaphysical life. Q’uo went on to say that there are two things that we would note about this ritual before moving on, and firstly, Carla, during the whirlpool portion of the bath, works with angelic presences, mentally expressing her love, thankfulness, and joy and rededicating herself to the service of the one infinite Creator, and by doing so, she charges the water, acting as a priestess for both, although this too is never spoken, and secondly, the dance of the bath moves into the succeeding moments of dressing and moving into the next part of the day in ways which link in the energies of love, cooperation, and mutual participation in the dance so that the dance does not end when the bathwater is drained. On December 29, 2007, Q’uo speaks of angelic presences that are available to help each of us on our spiritual path:

There are angelic presences all around you that have been attracted by your purity of desire and intentions. They wish nothing more than to help you achieve the goals that you have set for yourself this day.

Yet you must ask, for they cannot infringe upon your free will. Therefore, please draw about you that wonderful network of loving presences that are always about you. And do not forget to ask nature to help you, for that, too, is a kingdom of the Father. The very ground loves you beyond all telling. The air, the trees, all that there is in the kingdom of the Father is dancing with you and inviting you to join in that wonderful, harmonious rhythm of the dance of the One. For all within nature, not having self-consciousness, is fully aware of the truth and is very happy to be part of the one infinite Creator in its manifestation in this illusion.

In ritual, there are two kinds of form. There is the form of movement, and there is the form of words. Behind those forms of motion and speaking lie the thoughts of the magician who is speaking and acting. To a magician there is no empty action. The dance is always ongoing. And at the very center of the dance, always, there is Love. The magician invokes aspects of Love, standing on a plinth  of Love, surrounded by Love, and seeking only finer and more sensitive attunements of that Love. There are a finite number of movements and words within any day. There are a finite number of repeated activities which lend themselves to ritual. Consequently, to an entity whose mind is focused on filling the form of his day with the essence of worship it is not an exceedingly long process of thought to visualize every single repeated action of a normal day.

Each entity’s day will be unique to him. However, the work he does in a day will have certain aspects of it that are repeated. Therefore, the seeker who wishes to create the devotional life in the midst of the workaday world shall set his mind to analyzing each action of his day, at work, at home, and on the road. The one known as Carla, for instance, has in her work environment the computer. All of her work is done on the computer. The one known as J, on the other hand, has in his working environment various types of large equipment such as mowers, blowers, and weed eaters. It does not seem to the untrained mind that computers and mowers would be likely targets for a devotional life. Yet we would suggest to you that whatever the nature of your work environment is, you can fill it so full of devotional essence that your workday world positively sings.

Most entities have a transitional environment between work and home, because of the omnipresence of the automobile or other forms of transit. Most entities work in a place that is not their home. And this, too, is a type of environment that at first glance seems inimical to being part of a devotional life. Yet, we assure you that creative thought about the essence of the time of driving or the time of riding shall offer to the mind of the seeker repeated actions which may be infused with the invocation of deity. All motions may be thought of as sacred dance. All words may be thought of as sacred ritual. It is in the home environment, however, that most of the fully repetitive actions of the day are performed. The washing of the clothes, the washing of the self, the preparation and eating of food, the preparation for bed and sleep time and the rising from sleep are all inevitable in their repetition. Consequently they offer the deepest resource for one who wishes to live a devotional life.

Q’uo continued by saying in ritual there is the form of movement, and there is the form of words, and behind those forms of motion and speaking lie the thoughts of the magician who is speaking and acting, and to a magician the dance is always ongoing, and at the center of the dance there is Love, so the magician invokes aspects of Love, standing on a base of Love, surrounded by Love, and seeking more sensitive attunements of that Love, so there are a finite number of movements and words within any day, and there are a finite number of repeated activities which lend themselves to ritual, so to an entity whose mind is focused on filling the form of their day with the essence of worship, it is not a long process of thought to visualize every repeated action of a normal day. Now Q’uo said each entity’s day will be unique, but the work he does in a day will have aspects that are repeated, so the seeker who wishes to create the devotional life in the midst of the workaday world shall set his mind to analyzing each action of his day, and Carla has in her work environment the computer, and all of her work is done on the computer, but Jim has in his working environment various types of large equipment such as mowers, blowers, and weed eaters, and it does not seem to the untrained mind that computers and mowers would be likely targets for a devotional life, but we would suggest that whatever the nature of your work environment is, you can fill it full of devotional essence that your workday world positively sings. Then Q’uo said most entities have a transitional environment between work and home, because of the presence of the automobile or other forms of transit, and most entities work in a place that is not their home which is a type of environment that seems contrary to being part of a devotional life, yet Q’uo assured us that creative thought about the essence of the time of driving or the time of riding shall offer to the mind of the seeker repeated actions which may be infused with the invocation of deity because all motions and words may be thought of as sacred dance, but it is in the home environment that most of the repetitive actions of the day are performed such as the washing of clothes, the preparation and eating of food, and the preparation for bed and sleep time are all inevitable in their repetition, and they offer the deepest resource for one who wishes to live a devotional life. On June 12, 1994, Q’uo described the nature of the devotional life:

Indeed, the living of a devotional life is the simplest thing in the world, shall we say, for love may be given every which way, and it may be received in every which way. The most stumbling attempt is still Love. The most error-filled attempt is still full of Light. The mistakes are simply mistakes. They do not change the nature of your gift. In your holy works the prophet known to this instrument as Isaiah cried out to his Lord, “How can I go forth for you? I am a person of unclean lips, and my people are a people of unclean lips.” But the Creator speaks to this entity and to each by saying, “I need a witness.”

The appropriate response, then, to this realization of the need for the Creator to have witnesses is that of the one known as Isaiah, “Here am I. Send me, Lord. Send me.” May each of you continue to have the courage to offer this precious witness.

Thisinstrument and the one known as Jim have long created times of offering and worship at the beginning and end of the day. They have also formed the habit of remembering before food is ingested to thank the one infinite Creator and to thank the food. These are far more outer in terms of type of ritual than the kind of ritual of which we have been speaking, and yet it is helpful in the devotional life to set aside times that are specifically dedicated to worship. This enables the seeker to deepen his base of insight as time goes on. It is possible in this way to create of the entire life a dance that is an invocation of the one infinite Creator. The element of repetition is a substantial part of a magical ritual. Something that is done once, no matter how beautiful, remains single. When that beautiful thing begins to be repeated, there is, indeed, the doubling effect; that is, each doing of that repetition with full awareness of its sacredness doubles the power of that ritual.

The one thing that is missing in terms of this repetition, when the priest is creating his own sacred life rather than being a part of a group ritual, is that he is not calling a significant amount of the entities who have shared in that same ritual. For instance, in Holy Communion or the Holy Eucharist, many of the words of that service have been expressed in relatively undistorted form for centuries on end. Therefore, when an entity begins to pray in any one of the key prayers of that ritual, such as—

“Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of Hosts! Heaven and earth are full of thy glory. Glory be to thee, O Lord Most High”

—a significant amount of those who have been Christians in incarnation and who are now between incarnations living in the inner planes, are drawn to those words, so that one entity saying that particular prayer can excite and attract a tremendous amount of heavenly help with the repetition of that prayer with heartfelt energy.

Contrariwise, one who is living a devotional life that he has created himself is doubling his own power but not calling a large amount of those who dwell in the inner planes between incarnations with one exception. Angels are not drawn to a particular song or a particular set of words. Angels are drawn to pure essence, having never taken part in incarnation. Consequently, any living of a devotional life will attract angelic help, so that there is indeed not only the doubling effect of amplification of one’s personal power, but the supporting and undergirding effect of angelic support and encouragement.

In closing, we would simply say that we cannot iterate often enough the importance of moving from Love and from essence in creating a devotional life. If there is not Love in the repetition of holy things, then that energy, while not wasted, is diminished in its power to comfort, heal, and succor the seeker. Therefore, do not be caught up in the forms of devotional life, but rather be caught up with the emotions engendered by having an open heart and an open energy body and experiencing the self as part of the dance of the One that is ongoing because he exists in that Creation in which all things are indeed one coordinated, eternal dance.

Q’uo said Carla and Jim have created times of offering and worship at the beginning and end of the day, and they have formed the habit of remembering before food is ingested to thank the one infinite Creator and to thank the food, but these are more outer in terms of ritual types than the ritual which we have been speaking of, and yet it is helpful in the devotional life to set aside times that are dedicated to worship because this enables the seeker to deepen their base of insight as time goes on so that it is possible to create of the life a dance that is an invocation of the one infinite Creator, so the element of repetition is a large part of a magical ritual, but something that is done once remains single, and when that ritual begins to be repeated, there is the doubling effect where each doing of that repetition with awareness of its sacredness doubles the power of that ritual. Q’uo continued by saying the one thing that is missing in terms of this repetition, when the priest is creating his sacred life rather than being a part of a group ritual, is that he is not calling a significant amount of the entities who have shared in that same ritual, for in Holy Communion many of the words of that service have been expressed in undistorted form for centuries, so when an entity begins to pray in any one of the key prayers of that ritual, such as—“Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of Hosts! Heaven and earth are full of thy glory. Glory be to thee, O Lord Most High”—many of those who have been Christians in incarnation and who are now between incarnations living in the inner planes, are drawn to those words, so that one entity saying that prayer can attract heavenly help with the repetition of that prayer with heartfelt energy. Now Q’uo said one who is living a devotional life that they have created is doubling their power but not calling a large amount of those who dwell in the inner planes between incarnations, with one exception, because angels are not drawn to a song or a set of words, but angels are drawn to pure essence, having never taken part in incarnation, so any living of a devotional life will attract angelic help, so that there is not only the doubling effect of one’s personal power, but the supporting effect of angelic support. Q’uo completed their response by saying in closing, we cannot say often enough the importance of moving from Love in creating a devotional life because if there is not Love in the repetition of holy things, then that energy is diminished in its power to comfort and heal the seeker, so do not be caught up in the forms of devotional life, but be caught up with the emotions created by having an open heart, an open energy body, and experiencing the self as part of the dance of the One that is ongoing because It exists in that Creation in which all things are one eternal dance. On October 13, 2009, Q’uo described the nature and purpose of our energy body:

When one is able to quiet the self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that the heart is open, then one is able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being. As one sits within that open energy body and places the intention with which you seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such and such a way because of your intention.

Consequently, we would say to you, my brother, that as you approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that you set your intention specifically and with all your heart, all your mind, and all your strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which you would wish. The gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many. There are those who open it in order to become channels for healing. There are those whose reason for opening it is to become channels for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up query on this question, my brother?

Jim: Not for me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and would asked then if there is any other query this evening before we leave this instrument?

R: Q’uo, I keep racking my brain for some question because I hate to let you go, but I do not have one, so I’ll just say that I appreciate the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your non-question. Yet you have asked for a little more of our time and because this instrument continues to have energy to offer for a few more of your minutes, we would speak freely, if it is all right with you.

R: Please.

Very well, my brother. There is in this season of the year that is winter much joy in the one known as R, while many others have exactly the opposite feeling about the weather being cold. So, there is at all times a multiplicity of people, a multiplicity of opinions, and a seemingly variegated and splintered world where many things seem out of tune and the service-to-self faction of your population dominates the news with wars and rumors of wars, the misuses of power being almost endless. Yet this appearance is an illusion. Certainly, as the days of third density wane and come to a close, those who are seeking to graduate in negative polarity are working very hard to create as much service-to-self polarization in their lives as possible. These are the entities that gather power for its own sake, that enjoy sending men to their death in the pursuit of policy and that do not blink at lying, stealing and cheating, simply saying, “It’s just business.”

Itis easy for service-to-others entities to become distressed when gazing at what seems to be the way of the world. We would suggest that this seeming way of the world is only large in aspect because of the way your culture values information. It is as though your mass media functions by a kind of radar which only picks up certain types of vibrations. In terms of your radar imaging, for instances, that which is metallic and magnetic is picked up and shown on the radar as a blip. Many other things are in the sky, but the radar does not read them. Radar is set to read the objects which occupy a very small amount of the air and report only on them. Nevertheless, all of the sky is still there. In much the same way your mass media only pick up as blips those entities which have disturbed the continuum by the misuse of power, whether it be sending entities off to die for policy, or whether it be one entity who turns and shoots another. These are the things that create and constitute the blips that are reported on in the mass media. Meanwhile, all the rest of human nature remains unreported.

My friends, you are wonderful people. The vast majority of those upon Planet Earth at this time seek with all their hearts to be good people by their own lights. We ask that each of you take the time to be aware of the good people in your life: the person that sold you something at the drugstore or grocery store, the person that helped you repair something that was wrong with your house or your apartment, the person that let you into traffic on a busy street, and the people in your neighborhood whom you see walking their dogs and chatting in their front yards. Each and every one of these entities is suffering and yet seeks with all its heart to live a good life and to serve others. We ask that you begin to deepen your appreciation of that which lies below the radar and begin to give less power to the loud voices of your media as they report on that which, if it bleeds, leads.

Q’uo offered to speak a few words about the winter season and the vibrations of service to others and service to self on Earth at this time. Q’uo began by saying there is in this season of winter joy while others have the opposite feeling about the weather being cold, so there is a variety of people and opinions, and a divided world where many things seem out of tune, and the service-to-self faction of our population dominates the news with wars and the misuses of power, yet this appearance is an illusion, so as the days of third density come to a close, those who are seeking to graduate in negative polarity are working hard to create as much service-to-self polarization in their lives as possible, and these are the entities that gather power for its own sake, that enjoy sending men to their death in the pursuit of policy and that do not blink at lying, stealing, and cheating, simply saying, “It’s just business.” Then Q’uo said it is easy for service-to-others entities to become distressed when gazing at what seems to be the way of the world, so Q’uo suggested that this way of the world is only large in aspect because of the way our culture values information, and it is as though our mass media functions by a kind of radar which only picks up certain types of vibrations where that which is metallic is shown on the radar as a blip, and there are other things are in the sky, but the radar does not read them because radar is set to read the objects which occupy a very small amount of the air and report only on them, but all of the sky is still there, and in the same way our mass media only picks up as blips those entities which have disturbed the continuum by the misuse of power, whether it be sending entities off to die for policy, or whether it be one entity who turns and shoots another, so these are the things that create the blips that are reported on in the mass media, and all the rest of human nature remains unreported. Q’uo completed their thoughts by saying my friends, you are wonderful people, and the vast majority of those upon Planet Earth at this time seek with all their hearts to be good people by their own lights, so we ask that each of you take the time to be aware of the good people in your life: the person that sold you something at the drugstore or grocery store, the person that helped you repair something that was wrong with your house or your apartment, the person that let you into traffic on a busy street, and the people in your neighborhood whom you see walking their dogs and chatting in their front yards because each and every one of these entities is suffering and yet seeks with all its heart to live a good life and to serve others, and we ask that you begin to deepen your appreciation of that which lies below the radar and begin to give less power to the loud voices of your media as they report on that which, if it bleeds, leads. On September 23, 2023, Q’uo spoke of how we can seek with all our hearts to be of service to others:

This is a query that you share with many spiritual seekers of truth, who desire with all their hearts, and intend with all their mind, and put forth every effort of their being to travel the spiritual journey. And in this traveling, there is the hope, the expectation that there will be a result that you can point to, that you can feel, that you can express, that lets you know that you have been successful.

But, my friend, we must let you know that this is only a part, and a small part, of the journey of seeking the truth. For you exist within the third-density illusion where what one expects is not always what one achieves in the conscious sense. We would suggest to you that as you are traveling this journey of seeking and giving your efforts of energy and will and faith into the seeking, that you are awakening in the deeper portion of your mind a facet of this journey that is most helpful to you but which you may not be consciously aware. You are much more than a conscious mind. You are that which is connected to the Creator through your subconscious mind. And as you give forth the effort to seek, to be, to become, to serve, this effort is seeded within your subconscious mind. And it grows. And it multiplies. And it manifests in ways that you may not be aware of.

There is a harvest to the sowing of the seed of intention that always grows, for this is the desire of the Creator to know itself in every facet of His being. And you manifest this knowing, this experiencing in a way which is totally, fully, and powerfully experienced by the Creator within your subconscious mind that may or may not become apparent to you at some point in your spiritual journey. Thusly, we would suggest that you continue, as you have been: to have the faith and the will to progress and to meet the goals that you feel are important. For the intention here is that which powers your journey.

We would at this time take our leave of this instrument and this group, thanking each for creating this sacred space that we may share. It has been a pleasure to speak with you this evening. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

This morning I used Venus to mow the grass all around my yard for the first time this year as Carla always asked me to wait until the white snow drop flowers were done with their bloom before I mowed the grass. Then I went on an errand run to Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought more dianthus, garden impatiens, and Angelonia.

This afternoon I transplanted the dianthus in the small garden next to the driveway. Then I transplanted the garden impatiens on the north side of the Wuthering Heights Mound. Lastly, I transplanted the Angelonia in the garden next to the Flower Fall Mound that was half full of snapdragons. Then I watered all of the newly transplanted flower with fertilized water. Then I sprayed all the newly planted flowers with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 24

To Your Heart’s Health

I am of the consciousness of Jesus the Christ. I greet you in the midst of paradise, where Love abounds, and Light never fails. So, it is within your heart. Love abounds and Light never fails.

All souls have what you may call a dark side. There are things that lay heavy upon the soul. There are thoughts of past and thoughts of future. And in this heaviness, in this past and this future, the joyful present is lost within your heart and your soul.

Look at the good that comes to you today. Be quiet and sure and aware ahead of time that good shall come to you. Expect it. And if that which you get is unexpectedly difficult, search out the Love that you are to learn and express for Jesus the Christ.

Let this be for you a day of rejoicing; a day of moving into the Love of the Creator; a day lost in praise of Jesus the Christ.

There are those of you who do not wish to reckon with Jesus the Christ. We of the Spirit of the full consciousness of Love suggest only that you need not reckon with the entity Jesus, but to your heart’s health and your soul’s life, you must reckon with Christhood. Gaze at the story of the man and grasp the meaning and the implications of living the full consciousness of Love.

When you have done so, do not despair but rejoice, for we are with you always.

Our peace and Love be with you now and evermore. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from January 12, 2008:

Our question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with the concept of transformation. On our individual journeys of seeking, each of us goes through various experiences. And we observe these experiences. And I am guessing that when we observe them with the most accuracy, we don’t have judgment for them. We just go through them and let them experience themselves through our lives, and in some way or another, cumulatively or individually or at some point, transformations occur. And we would like you to speak to this concept of transformation. How do we come about it? Is there a time within our seeking that is most right for it? Is there a way that we can aid it most effectively? Talk to us about transformation.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. We thank you, my friends, for asking us to join your circle of seeking at this session of working. It is our honor and our privilege to join you. We are most appreciative of the opportunity to attempt to be of service to the one Creator by sharing our humble thoughts with you on the subject of transformation. As always, we would ask that each of you employs his powers of discrimination as each listens to that which we have to say or reads those words which we share at this time. Follow the resonance in those thoughts that appeal to you and seem full of life to you. If those things which we have to say do not happen to have any resonance, then we would ask for you to leave them aside and continue seeking until you find that which resonates to you, for your powers of discrimination are quite adequate to allow you to sense the rightness of those things which you need to take in to your process at this time. This applies not only to our words, but to all of those things which you hear or read. Let your natural ability to discriminate between that which is for you and that which is not for you function in the way that it should and follow the law of attraction. We thank you for this consideration. It will allow us to speak our thoughts freely without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythmic flow of your process.

Transformation is a somewhat overused term among those who seek in the ways of spirit. Both your established religions and your alternative spiritual practices tend to speak of transformation, until it has almost become diminished, as a word, from having been overused. In its roots, my friends, it means to change form, to cross over from one form to another. In a different word with the same root, transformation often follows an intake of information to form new mental and emotional formations, thus precipitating the deeper self into the need to accommodate new information. By information we do not simply mean that which is taken in through the process of reading books, attending seminars, or listening to inspired speakers. We speak of the whole intake process of a working, conscious, awakened spirit in incarnation on Planet Earth. There is a tremendous amount of information which flows into the five senses and moves through the awareness and the thought processes of each entity, all things being grist for the mill. So, transformation is a move from one stage or phase of life to another. It almost has the connotation or the inference of being that of a shape shifter, where you actually change your spiritual or metaphysical shape.

There are models of transformation which are helpful in thinking about times of change within the self as it undergoes realizations of accumulated information which have precipitated change. One model is the much clichéd butterfly. And there is some advantage to thinking of transformation using this model. The unawakened pupae and larvae go about their routines, eating and becoming ready to enter into a phase of development that is transformative in a way that changes the form of life from that which crawls to that which flies. And you may see that time of transformation as precipitated by the going into the cocoon of dealing with new thoughts and letting those thoughts marinate within your consciousness. The thoughts and concepts which you have taken in can come from many, many sources; only partially those of the intellect and intellectual activities such as reading and discussing and pondering inspired thoughts or thoughts that you hope will be inspired. You also are processing the cumulative cycles of your feelings. And you are dealing with the challenges that you are experiencing in all of the various chakras, especially the first three chakras, in terms of those stages leading up to transformation.

And when, in the natural course of time, you spring forth from your cocoon you are indeed a new creature, looking at life from a slightly different vantage point: higher, broader. Little do you know that you also have become beautiful and are flying from person to person and thought to thought with life-giving pollen within your touch. You do not even know you are transmitting it, for the pollen of the awakened spirit is that of being rather than doing, and there is little of intellectual nature in how an entity becomes able to be of service to others by the very radiance of his being. However, that model of transformation suggests that first you were unawakened and couldn’t fly, and now you are awakened, and you can fly. First you were a slug, and now you are beautiful. And such butterfly thoughts will actually get you nowhere.

The group question was: “And we would like you to speak to this concept of transformation. How do we come about it? Is there a time within our seeking that is most right for it? Is there a way that we can aid it most effectively? Talk to us about transformation.” Q’uo began by saying transformation is an overused term among those of us who seek in the ways of spirit because both our established religions and our alternative spiritual practices speak of transformation until it has become diminished from having been overused, and in its roots it means to change form, but in a different word with the same root, transformation follows an intake of information to form new mental and emotional formations, thus precipitating our deeper self into the need to accommodate new information, and by information Q’uo did not mean that which is taken in through the process of our reading books, attending seminars, or listening to inspired speakers, but they spoke of the intake process of a conscious spirit in incarnation on Earth, and there is a tremendous amount of information which flows into the five senses and moves through the awareness and the thought processes of each of us, all things being grist for the mill, so transformation is a move from one phase of life to another, and it has the connotation of being that of a shape shifter, where we change our spiritual metaphysical shape. Q’uo went on to say there are models of transformation which are helpful in thinking about times of change within ourself as we undergo realizations of information which have precipitated change, and one model is the butterfly, for there is some advantage to thinking of transformation using this model because the unawakened pupae and larvae go about their routines, eating and becoming ready to enter into a phase of development that is transformative in a way that changes the form of life from that which crawls to that which flies, so we may see that time of transformation caused by our going into the cocoon of dealing with new thoughts and letting those thoughts marinate within our consciousness, and the concepts which we have taken in can come from many sources with some being those of our intellectual activities such as reading and discussing inspired thoughts or thoughts that we hope will be inspired, so we are also are processing the cumulative cycles of our feelings, and we are dealing with the challenges that we are experiencing in the various chakras, especially our first three chakras, in terms of those stages leading up to transformation. Q’uo continued by saying  when we spring forth from our cocoon we are a new creature, looking at life from a higher and broader vantage point, but little do we know that we also have become beautiful and are flying from person to person and thought to thought with life-giving pollen within our touch, but we do not  know we are transmitting it, for the pollen of the awakened spirit is that of being rather than doing, and there is little of intellectual nature in how we become able to be of service to others by the radiance of our being, but that model of transformation suggests that first we were unawakened and couldn’t fly, and now we are awakened, and we can fly, but such butterfly thoughts will get us nowhere. On February 2, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the awakened spirit:

It is well to move back always to one’s basis for being, to be sure the feet are standing upon solid metaphysical ground. Starting with unconditional Love is always correct and accurate as a mental or logical beginning. Now, as sparks of that original Love, each of you has, through many incarnations, distorted in various ways this original vibration. And each of you basically yearns to more and more closely approach the original vibration which is unconditional Love. So, in that sense each of you is seeking to become the Creator, seeking to be lost completely in unconditional Love. This thirst and hunger that you have to be closer to the source and the ending of all things is that thirst and hunger that the awakened spirit feels.

Once you have awakened to your spiritual identity, you cannot go back to sleep. You have to see your life and your priorities from that point on in a way which deals with the fact that you are now on a journey whose end you do not know, whose next steps you may not know. And you are on this journey with nothing more than your hopes and dreams and some companions along the way.

For transformation is a cycle. It is an inevitable cycle. You will transform. You shall become a new creature. The only question is whether or not you wish to accelerate the process of your own spiritual evolution. Those who are listening to these words and those who read them are those who wish to become more than they have been. That wish, in and of itself, will hasten the rate of speed of change in your life. For by wishing to be transformed and by being willing to be transformed, you make the space for being transformed. Consequently, we would perhaps rather use the transformational model of the also much clichéd chambered nautilus, which outgrows his house and therefore enlarges his house, without ever leaving his house. Just in such a way do you enlarge your point of view as you move through these cocoon-like periods and emerge from them with the sense of having a new perspective which has created for you the self-perceived feeling of being a new creature. You continue to expand your awareness in a cyclical manner until such time as you pass from this environment through the gates of larger life, where you shall not lose a beat in continuing your spiritual evolution.

Therhythm of transformation is linked to several things, and we shall look at various of them. Firstly there is the, shall we say, outer or non-chosen portion of transformation which has to do with your life-cycles. There is a natural tendency for each cell in your body to be born, mature, and pass. And there is a natural time for each part of the experience of your incarnation to flourish and then to make way for a different experience, based simply upon the accumulation of time and experience in your incarnation. You have little control over this particular part of the cycle of transformation. It is part of your body, part of your mind, part of your emotions, part of the natural phases of life. There is the part of transformation which is involved in very deep and subtle energies, such as the stars in your sky, the sun especially, and the moon. The monthly, annual and slowly revolving astrological patterns of your life will have some sway over the rhythm of your cyclical transformations.

And certainly the times that now are upon you, where the fourth density is virtually present, interpenetrating third density, has set you awash in energy tide after energy tide, so that you are constantly being washed with rhythmic waves of truth, love and understanding. This has the effect upon anyone who is at all sensitive to these energies of creating a more lucid ability to look at the mirroring that is going on in your particular life at this time. Each relationship which you have gives you a mirror for yourself. Just as in your dreams, each character represents a portion of yourself. So, in the waking life each interaction with another entity shows you the mirror of yourself, in part, in the actions and behaviors, the thoughts and the concepts offered by that interaction. Consequently, you are constantly seeing portions of yourself mirrored in a somewhat distorted way by those who are in relationship with you.

Then Q’uo said transformation is an inevitable cycle, and we shall become a new creature, so the only question is whether or not we wish to accelerate the process of our spiritual evolution, and those of us who are listening to these words, and those who read them, are those who wish to become more than they have been since that wish will hasten the rate of speed of change in our life, for by wishing to be transformed and by being willing to be transformed, we make the space for being transformed, so Q’uo said they would rather use the transformational model of the chambered nautilus, which outgrows his house and therefore enlarges his house, without ever leaving his house, and in such a way do we enlarge our point of view as we move through these cocoon-like periods and emerge from them with the sense of having a new perspective which has created for us the self-perceived feeling of being a new creature, and we continue to expand our awareness in a cyclical manner until such time as we pass from this environment through the gates of larger life, where we shall not lose a beat in continuing our spiritual evolution. Now Q’uo said the rhythm of transformation is linked to several things, and they will look at some of them, so firstly there is the outer  transformation which has to do with our life-cycles, and there is a natural tendency for each cell in our body to be born, mature, and pass, and there is a natural time for each part of the experience of our incarnation to flourish and then to make way for a different experience, based upon the accumulation of time and experience in our incarnation, but we have little control over this part of the cycle of transformation because it is part of our body, our mind, our emotions, and part of the natural phases of life, so there is the part of transformation which is involved in deep and subtle energies, such as the stars in our sky, the sun, and the moon, and the monthly astrological patterns of our life will have some sway over the rhythm of our cyclical transformations. Q’uo went on to say the times that now are upon us, where the fourth density is interpenetrating third density, has set us awash in energy tide after energy tide, so that we are constantly being washed with rhythmic waves of truth, love, and understanding, and this has the effect upon anyone who is sensitive to these energies of creating a more lucid ability to look at the mirroring that is going on in our life at this time, so each relationship gives us a mirror for ourself, and just as in our dreams, each character represents a portion of ourself, so in the waking life each interaction with another entity shows us the mirror of ourself in the actions and the thoughts offered by that interaction, so we are seeing portions of ourself mirrored in a distorted way by those who are in relationship with us. On July 21, 1985, Latwii spoke of the mirroring effect:

You will feel in one manner or another about yourself or some portion of yourself, according to the desire you have to learn in that area and your own conscious or subconscious assessment of your success, in so learning. This process of learning and judging the self is one which is always ongoing, yet is usually not as conscious in the earlier portions of one’s incarnation as it is in the latter portions. Therefore, as you become more and more aware of your own self and come to know that self, a portion of this awareness is gained by seeing your feelings for yourself reflected by others to you as your feelings for others. Thus, the mirroring effect of other selves shows you your attitude towards a portion of your own being. As you become more and more aware that this is the case, the process then is accelerated.

Allof these changes and chances, all of these natural cycles, create a basic default. The human was created to transform. That is the nature of the self-conscious, physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual being that you are. That is your potential, and that is your destiny: change from one form into another, from one kind of thought into another whole paradigm of thought. You cannot help but progress. So, you may feel easy about whether or not you are changing, whether or not you are being successful at transforming. It is inevitable for you to go through transformation upon transformation and you do not have to push or thrust yourself towards transformation. You may relax in the knowledge that it is inevitable. Then there is the part of the transformational experience which has completely to do with your will, your hunger, and your thirst for understanding and truth. The more passionate that you are about seeking the truth, the more you are able, as a metaphysical entity working in time/space, to have an effect upon the pace of your transformative rhythm. It is entirely possible for an entity who is awake and conscious and aware of the process of change to accelerate the pace of that change by quite a bit.

The fundamental transformation of a human being within incarnation is from that spiritual childhood of feeling that one is tossed about by outside forces and dependent upon luck and chance for the road one is on and the road one may choose to be on, to a more mature spiritual awareness in which the entity has taken responsibility for the occurrences and events of everyday life, realizing that in those very events lies all the grist needed for the mill of transformation. Consequently, if a seeker wishes to maximize the opportunity for accelerating the rate of spiritual evolution within this refinery of souls which is third density, the seeker may decide to begin to hone and focus his efforts by the focusing and whetting of his appetite for the truth. The most effective tool in working towards transformation is the self-conscious living of the life. We are not talking about those who mull endlessly over every detail of their life and thought throughout each day, but rather we are talking about the most effective way to work towards transformation. The most effective resource is one’s own ability to observe oneself without affecting that which is being observed.

Now Q’uo said all of these changes of the natural cycles create a default, and the human was created to transform because that is the nature of the self-conscious, physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual being that we are, and that is our destiny: to change from one form into another, from one kind of thought into another paradigm of thought, so we cannot help but progress, and we may feel easy about whether or not we are being successful at transforming, so it is inevitable for us to go through transformations, and we do not have to push ourself towards transformation, so we may relax in the knowledge that it is inevitable since there is a part of the transformational experience which has to do with our will and our hunger for understanding and truth, and the more passionate that we are about seeking the truth, the more we are able, as a metaphysical entity working in time/space, to have an effect upon the pace of our transformative rhythm, so it is possible for an entity who is awake and aware of the process of change to accelerate the pace of that change. Then Q’uo said that the fundamental transformation of a human being within incarnation is from the spiritual childhood of feeling that we are tossed about by outside forces and depend upon luck for the road we are on and the road we may choose to be on, to a more mature spiritual awareness in which we have taken responsibility for the events of everyday life, realizing that in those events lies all the grist needed for the mill of transformation, so if we wish to maximize our opportunity for accelerating our rate of spiritual evolution within this refinery of souls which is third density, we may decide to begin to focus our efforts by whetting our appetite for the truth, and the most effective tool in working towards transformation is our self-conscious living of our life, but Q’uo was not talking about our mulling endlessly over every detail of our life and thought throughout each day, but rather they are talking about the most effective way to work towards transformation, and the most effective resource is our ability to observe ourself without affecting that which is being observed. On September 13, 1981, Hatonn spoke of a way that we can enhance our spiritual evolution:

May we only suggest that in any seeking which you may undertake, if you should wish to evaluate its effectiveness as regards your own spiritual evolution, you may simply ask yourself the question, “How may I serve others through this activity?” If you can find ways to share the Love of the Creator with those brothers and sisters who are one with you upon this planet, then you have done that which is of great value, and you have accomplished a feat that few upon your planet can name as their own.

The one known as Jim spoke of being aware that in transformation it was important not to judge. And this is the kind of objectivity about which we are speaking. It is indeed important, indeed central, to refrain from judgment as one goes through the collecting of information about the self that is necessary in order for the self to be offered up and thus become empty enough to have the space in which to transform. It is ironic, is it not, that in the search for truth the answers lie not in discovering that which can be known, but in discovering that the secrets to the mystery of transformation lie in unknowing and faith. Faith is the most powerful force in the universe, it being another name for realized or positively realized Love. You live in a universe made of Love. The original Thought was a Thought of unconditional Love.

As you transform, the core of your transformation is an awareness that has not been there before about the nature of your central or deepest self as being part of Love itself or the creative principle, which is the one great original Thought of unconditional Love. As you become full of new information that brings you to a place of transformation, you suddenly discover that you are no longer full. You discover that this very fullness and sense of new life tips you into the corresponding and balancing awareness of oneself as knowing nothing. It is a devastating portion of transformation, this realization that nothing is known and that nothing can be known within the illusions of the Earth world.

Yet as one moves through that which has been called the Purgative Way, one becomes aware that one is utterly empty. And there is a kind of purity in that emptiness that is powerful. You become the Holy Grail which you seek because you are that cup which is now empty or that hand outstretched which has nothing in it, ready to receive that which is new, that which comes from the great original Thought to transform you as a creature so that you have become that which is new. Then that cycle begins again, where you start from a new place in the spiral of evolution. It is if it were, in a flattened spiral, the same place you have been before in this incarnation. Yet, because it is an upward spiral, you are always moving to that place you were before with a new mind, so that you meet that repeating theme or those repeating themes of your incarnation from a new place of observation and experience.

Q’uo continued by saying Jim spoke of being aware that in transformation it was important not to judge, and this is the kind of objectivity about which Q’uo was speaking because it is central to refrain from judgment as we go through collecting information about ourself that is necessary in order for us to be offered up and become empty enough to have the space in which to transform, but it is ironic that in the search for truth the answers lie, not in discovering that which can be known, but in discovering that the secrets to the mystery of transformation lie in unknowing and faith because faith is the most powerful force in the universe, and it is another name for Love, and we live in a universe made of the original Thought of unconditional Love. Q’uo went on to say as we transform, the core of our transformation is an awareness that has not been there before about the nature of our deepest self as being part of Love, or the creative principle, which is the one great original Thought of unconditional Love, and as we become full of new information that brings us to a place of transformation, we discover that we are no longer full, and we discover that this very fullness and sense of new life tips us into the balancing awareness of ourself as knowing nothing, so it is a devastating portion of transformation, this realization that nothing is known, and that nothing can be known within the illusions of the Earth. Then Q’uo said as we move through the Purgative Way, we become aware that we are empty, and there is purity in that emptiness that is powerful so that we become the Holy Grail which we seek because we are that cup which is now empty ready to receive that which comes from the great original Thought to transform us as a creature so that we have become that which is new, and then the cycle begins again where we start from a new place in the spiral of evolution in a flattened spiral, the same place we have been before in this incarnation, yet because it is an upward spiral, we are always moving to that place we were before with a new mind, so that we meet those repeating themes of our incarnation from a new place of experience. On June 3, 1990, Q’uo spoke of how we can discover a new mind:

Thus, each of you fails and has the subjective self-criticism which can be the cruelest and harshest criticism leveled by any, harsher than any other would give to you. Yet, at the same time there is the undeniable awareness of the absolute possibility of beginning anew with a new mind, a new heart, and a clean and unblemished conscience. Each of you has done the work necessary to learn this basic archetype, this basic part of the architecture of the self, and in many cases it is a part of why many do not feel it appropriate to seek forgiveness from an outer source when the Creator has placed within the self, in a sanctified and permanent structure, the very heart of self-forgiveness which must always precede new beginnings.

There are themes to most entities’ incarnations, recurring leitmotifs  of the music of your life. For this instrument, for instance, the theme is the study of how to offer love without the expectation of return. It is a powerful lesson in that one learns again and again that one’s life is not the life of one who reacts, but one who offers from the creative or generative heart that which is given without any expectation of anything in return. Once one has begun to learn this lesson, one can begin to see how transformed one’s life is by the ability to live as a part of the Godhead principle; as one who is willing to let Love flow through him. It is one of several very common themes for those who have come to this planet in order to be subject to the athanor  of experience. Each experience which one has becomes a source of possible catalyst. And as one pays more and more attention to one’s catalyst, one becomes more and more able to recognize these recurring themes of incarnational-level lessons that are part of each entity’s life in a unique way.

No two entities have the same exact incarnational lessons, for each has chosen those lessons carefully. Consequently, each person, as he transforms and becomes a new person, is offering an energy that has never been offered before in the infinite annals of the creation, for each transformation is from one unique being to another equally unique being. We thank each for the power and the beauty of the energies which are being run during transformation. The courage of each in being able to go through these dark nights of the soul and to see the magical nature of the self is greatly appreciated by those of us who do not dwell within the veil of unknowing, but have access to the truth in a much less veiled way.

It may help those seeking to maximize their ability to be transformed and transformational beings to look at the essence of the shaman’s experience. The shaman, whatever his nationality or culture, is basically that entity who chooses to go through the death experience while remaining alive. Those of Ra spoke of the shamans of the time of Egypt, who used the pyramid to go down under the pyramid into that catafalque-like place where sensations were numbed and an entity was closed up from all incoming experience, thus mimicking the death process. After days spent within that tomblike place under the pyramid, the experience of death had been well met and the entity was then able to observe life with a delight and an appetite that would not have been available to the one who had not experienced that death of the senses, the death of sensation, the death of stimulation, shall we say.

Q’uo went on to say there are recurring leitmotifs of the music of our life, and for Carla the theme is the study of how to offer love without expectation of return, and it is a powerful lesson in that we learn again and again that our life is not the life of one who reacts, but one who offers from the creative heart that which is given without any expectation of return, and once we have begun to learn this lesson, we can begin to see how transformed our life is by our ability to live as a part of the Godhead principle, as one who is willing to let Love flow through us, so it is one of several common themes for those who have come to this planet in order to be subject to the athanor  of experience because each experience which we have becomes a source of catalyst, and as we pay more attention to our catalyst, we become more able to recognize these recurring themes of incarnational-level lessons that are part of each entity’s life in a unique way. Then Q’uo said no two entities have the same incarnational lessons, for each has chosen those lessons carefully, and as we transform and become a new person we are offering an energy that has never been offered before in the infinite creation, for each transformation is from one unique being to another equally unique being, and Q’uo thanked each of us for the power and the beauty of the energies which are being run during transformation, and the courage of each of us in being able to go through these dark nights of the soul and to see the magical nature of ourself is greatly appreciated by those who do not dwell within the veil of unknowing, but have access to the truth in a much less veiled way. Q’uo went on to say it may help us to maximize our ability to be transformed to look at the essence of the shaman’s experience because the shaman is that entity who chooses to go through the death experience while remaining alive, and Ra spoke of the shamans of the time of Egypt, who used the pyramid to go down under the pyramid into the resonating chamber: ”where sensations were numbed, and an entity was closed up from all incoming experience, thus mimicking the death process, and after days spent within that tomblike place under the pyramid, the experience of death had been well met, and the entity was then able to observe life with a delight and an appetite that would not have been available to the one who had not experienced that death of the senses, the death of sensation, the death of stimulation, shall we say.” On November 24, 2007, Q’uo spoke of another type of the experience of death that could create an enhanced vision of life:

The closest analog to the shaman’s experience of death which the place below the pyramid offered are the American Indian rituals of the sweat lodge and the vision quest. In the sweat lodge the heat takes one beyond the bounds of human awareness. It feels very much like a death or as if one were close to death and this is often a trigger for new awareness and the epiphany of the moment that has been sought.

The great vigor available to the shaman comes from that entirely organic and spontaneous delight which one who has been dead takes in life, after experiencing the deprivation of the dark night of the soul. Whether by the vision quest or by the steam and the heat of a sweat lodge, or by any of those transformative experiences that can be found throughout the various cultures of your planet, there is the completely novel experience of new life, new growth, new hope, and new beingness. With each transformation there is more of an appreciation for the gift of awareness and an ever more transparent ability to allow things to move through one. One becomes a radiant being, not because one has more light within the self, but because one is more able to allow light to move through the energy body and out into the world. It is not that one becomes a more powerful ego, but that one has allowed to drop away from the self many things which were either blocking or dimming the Light which moves through each entity within creation.

As entities become more spiritually mature, they become more and more aware that they do not know anything. They become more and more aware that they are living in the now, and that this now is a beautiful, magical, wonderful moment, wherein two worlds meet, the world of phenomenal experience and the world of infinity and eternity. They become aware of themselves as a place where these two worlds may express at the same time. They are embodied spirits and may feel both the day and the night, the heat and the cold and all of the dynamics of opposites that create the world of male and female, the Earth world. At the same time they are able to feel the energies of infinity and eternity move through them and create that consciousness which only time/space and timelessness can offer.

Gradually an entity becomes aware of himself as one who plays in the waters of time, much as an otter plays in the pool, leaping and jumping for the very joy of movement, rejoicing and enjoying water and the sunshine and all that occurs in the rhythmic cycles of play. It is not that one takes oneself less seriously in terms of being willing to spend the life dedicating the self to the infinite Creator and to service to others, but rather it is that the burden of being a serious seeker falls away before the very organic and natural, lighthearted, and merry vision of oneself and awareness of oneself as a creature of the one infinite Creator, not striving, but being. The feeling becomes almost one of curiosity. “Ah, I am in this present moment. Creator, where shall you toss me now? What is your will for me this day?”

Q’uo said the great energy available to the shaman comes from that spontaneous delight which one who has been dead takes in life, after experiencing the deprivation of the dark night of the soul, and whether by the vision quest, or the heat of a sweat lodge, or by any transformative experience that can be found throughout the cultures of our planet, there is the novel experience of new life and new hope, so with each transformation there is more appreciation for the gift of awareness and more ability to allow things to move through us, and we become a radiant being, not because we have more Light within ourself, but because we are able to allow Light to move through our energy body and out into the world, but it is not that we have a more powerful ego, but that we have allowed to drop away from ourself many things which were dimming the Light which moves through each entity within creation. Then Q’uo said as we become more spiritually mature, we become more aware that we do not know anything, and we become more aware that we are living in the now, and that this now is a magical moment where the world of phenomenal experience and the world of infinity meet, and we become aware of ourselves as a place where these two worlds may express at the same time because they are embodied spirits and may feel both the day and the night, the heat and the cold and all of the dynamics of opposites that create the world of male and female, the Earth world, and at the same time we are able to feel the energies of infinity move through  us and create that consciousness which only time/space can offer. Q’uo completed their reply by saying gradually we become aware of ourself as one who plays in the waters of time jumping for the joy of movement, water, and the sunshine and all that occurs in the rhythmic cycles of play, but it is not that we take ourself less seriously in terms of being willing to spend our life dedicated to the infinite Creator and to service to others, but it is that the burden of being a serious seeker falls away before the organic and lighthearted vision of ourself as a creature of the one infinite Creator, not striving, but being, so the feeling becomes one of curiosity: “Ah, I am in this present moment. Creator, where shall you toss me now? What is your will for me this day?” On April 11, 2009, Q’uo said that the feminine principle has the energies of infinity within it:

The feminine principle, on the other hand, dwells in a state of rest, aware in a direct way of the energies of infinity and eternity. The moon sings through the blood of the woman. The cycle of the seasons echo in her and to the biological feminine is given intimate awareness of the ocean of life as she conceives and carries new life within her.

We would at this time pause to ask the group if there are follow-ups to this central question before we take other questions from you. We are known to you as Hatonn and we now pause.

A: I have a follow-up question. Is Don Juan Matus, the teacher of writer, Carlos Castaneda, real? Can you talk about him as an entity and a shaman?

We are those of Q’uo, and are of aware of your query, my brother. Because this question is part of your active process at this time, we find that we would be influencing you unduly were we to comment directly. We can, however, offer some thoughts connected with this query having to do with spiritual principles, if that would be acceptable to you, my brother.

A: Yes, gladly.

We are those of Q’uo, and therefore are able to proceed in some way. We apologize that our desire to maintain our polarity causes us to refrain from more specific information.

One spiritual principle involved within your query which may be helpful to you is that of truth being untouched by its vehicle. That is, the question of whether one such as Don Juan Matus or Jesus the Christ or Zarathustra was real is irrelevant to spiritual seekers. Each thought that has been thought by any entity in creation has a reality. It has a vibrational nature. Depending upon the intensity of that thought, its life may be tenuous or powerful. And if a group of entities are working with the construct of a Don Juan Matus or a Jesus the Christ or a Zarathustra, then the thought forms connected with this entity build up and have a life of their own, with their vibrational characteristics depending upon the strength of those who come to form themselves by thinking along the lines suggested by one of these great teachers.

Another spiritual principle that is sometimes helpful when gazing at the writings of those inspired entities which have written is polarity.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

When an entity who is teaching is purely positive in polarity, there is within the teaching a flow of wisdom and compassion which does not have to do in any way with control over others. The magical systems of many of your cultures, including the so-called sects of the Christian religion, sometimes contain mixed polarity in that there is the attempt, either by the leader of a sect or a type of thought or by the organization that rises up around a leader or a professor of a certain system of thought, which is hopeful of controlling and manipulating entities or situations.

The positive polarity has no axe to grind, but exists in an energy of faith, love, gratitude, and joy. Often wonderful teachings that are very positive in polarity are intermixed with teachings that have strongly moved into the energies of yellow ray, where there is the ability to work in groups. And instead of sinking into the group and allowing the group to express its worship and its practices on a spontaneous and radiant basis, there is the negative yellow-ray concern for the manipulation and disposition of its members, or of situations having to do with entities with whom it is in relationship.

A: I have a follow-up question. “Is Don Juan Matus, the teacher of writer, Carlos Castaneda, real? Can you talk about him as an entity and a shaman?” Q’uo began by saying one spiritual principle involved within your query which may be helpful to you is that the question of whether one such as Don Juan Matus, or Jesus the Christ, or Zarathustra was real is irrelevant to spiritual seekers since each thought that has been thought by any entity in creation has a vibrational nature, and depending upon the intensity of that thought, its life may be tenuous or powerful, and if a group of entities is working with the construct of a Don Juan Matus, or a Jesus the Christ, or a Zarathustra, then the thought forms connected with this entity build up and have a life of their own depending upon the strength of those who are thinking along the lines suggested by one of these great teachers. Q’uo went on to say another spiritual principle that is sometimes helpful when gazing at the writings of those inspired entities which have written is polarity, and when an entity who is teaching is purely positive in polarity, there is within the teaching a flow of wisdom and compassion which does not have to do with control over others, and the magical systems of many of your cultures sometimes contain mixed polarity in that there is the attempt, either by the leader of a sect, or by the organization that rises up around a leader of a certain system of thought, which is hopeful of controlling entities or situations. Then Q’uo said the positive polarity has no axe to grind, but exists in an energy of faith, love, and joy, and often teachings that are positive in polarity are mixed with teachings that have moved into the energies of yellow ray, where there is the ability to work in groups, and instead of sinking into the group and allowing the group to express its worship on a radiant basis, there is the negative yellow-ray concern for the manipulation of its members, or of situations having to do with entities with whom it is in relationship. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the positive nature of the combination of wisdom and compassion that can lead to the positive nature of our services:

Gratitude is indeed a spiritual principle, my brother. The energy of gratitude contains a world of wisdom and compassion. For one is gratified not only because of the good things, so called, not only the sunny days, but the rainy days, the stormy days, the tsunami. All weathers whatsoever, all, are occasions for gratitude. Therefore, this practice is of a very high order of excellence and we commend you, my brother, for working with this principle in humility and in joy.

There is simplicity to the spiritual walk that baffles the intellectual mind. All that occurs is that which comes before the self in order that the self may practice responding with vibrations as close as humanly possible to the vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love. Consequently, the response of one that is vibrating at his highest and best shall always be love.

We will encourage the one known as A and all of those who read concerning very helpful and interesting ideas such as the one known as Don Juan Matus offers in his system of teaching, to, again, as we said at the beginning of this session, maintain the most thoughtful discrimination so that you slow down the process of absorption of new material to the pace where you can absorb it in a considered and comfortable manner. There is often a tendency towards impulsivity when one is surrounding oneself with the thoughts of a new source of inspiration. This impulsivity does not serve the seeker nearly as well as the attitude of being one who reflects and then lets go, and then reflects again, and then lets go, so that one gradually deepens one’s intelligence concerning a particular system of thought.

There are always pearls that are just for you, but there is almost always surrounding material that acts more as fertilizer than as jewel. So there is that process, when working with inspired material, of slowing that self down who is so eager for the fruits of this system to the pace that enables the seeker truly and genuinely to absorb material in a way that does not rush the fences of intellect and toss one into a situation where one is simply beginning to repeat by rote various things that a particular entity has suggested to be true.

Then Q’uo said we encourage A and all of those who read concerning helpful ideas such as the one known as Don Juan Matus offers in his system of teaching to maintain thoughtful discrimination so that you slow down the process of absorption of new material to the pace where you can absorb it in a comfortable manner because there is a tendency towards impulsivity when one is surrounding oneself with the thoughts of a new source of inspiration, and this impulsivity does not serve the seeker as well as the attitude of being one who reflects and then lets go, and then reflects again, and then lets go, so that one deepens one’s intelligence concerning a particular system of thought. Q’uo completed their reply by saying there are pearls that are just for you, but there is always surrounding material that acts more as fertilizer than as jewel, so there is that process, when working with inspired material, of slowing the self down to the pace that enables the seeker to truly absorb material in a way that does not rush the fences of intellect and toss one into a situation where one is simply beginning to repeat by rote various things that a particular entity has suggested to be true. On March 28, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the way that we can work with inspired material:

Thusly, it is aptly said that some works are timeless and in their classic goodness exceed all ages, speaking to those of any age, any century, whose minds are shaped at that moment to perceive and to work with those concepts. It is not something special that those who read the material generated this evening converge upon a place in time/space, for this occurs whenever entities come together with an idea that is greater than themselves and takes them out of themselves.

In this wise, it might also be noted that those who study a body of inspired material, whether it be the Bible, the Kabbalah, the Koran, the Upanishads, or Lao Tzu’s writings, are entering into the awareness of material of which many others have been aware. Consequently, when one is resting in the contemplation of this inspired material, one is in the company of many, many entities from the inner planes who, when they were incarnate, studied this same material.

May we answer you further, my brother. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

A: If you are asking me if I want more, I’d just as soon hear a question from someone else.

We are those of Q’uo, and therefore would ask if there is another query at this time?

[Pause]

Jim: Not from me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe that we have exhausted the queries in this circle of seeking at this particular session of working. That leaves us with regret in a way, for we have greatly enjoyed our ability to be a part of your seeking circle and to experience the beauty of your blended auras. Thank you so much for inviting us to share in your meditation. It has been a blessed experience for us and a wonderful opportunity for us to serve the infinite Creator in the type of service that we have chosen. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, encouraging each to seek the Creator in all things and to set the mind upon Love, for that is that which is the truth. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I ran a couple of errands with my first stop at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some deer repellant and some food for myself.

This afternoon I planted the last of the garden impatiens on the north end of the Wuthering Heights Mound. And it looks like I will need another 16 to complete that area. Then I planted a flat of dianthus in the end of the small garden along the parking area in front of the Wuthering Heights Mound. And it looks like I will need another two flats to complete that area. Then I watered all the flowers with fertilizer in it and finished the work by spraying the flowers with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 23

The Holy Vibration

I am the Spirit of the full consciousness of ove. I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

For the spiritually oriented seeker, names are very important. For the breath that is the Spirit of Love molds itself into vibrations which have a profound effect upon the creature which, though physical, has resonances with the metaphysical self in its analog.

That is to say that the name of the Lord of your life has the vibration of strength for you. Thus, the name of Jesus, though not the earthly name, Jehoshua, nevertheless bears the strongest vibratory significance to the instinctual, creaturely self which resonates with the analogous spiritual body which is the spiritual body incorruptible.

Know that the breath of the Spirit is breathed into you as you think upon holy names and is breathed from you as you consciously vibrate words of Love which are meaningful to those whom you wish to love and serve.

We leave you upon the holy vibration of peace, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from December 15, 2007:

The question we have today, Q’uo, is about the meaning of Christmas in our world. Please tell us about the spiritual principles involved in living a life that follows in the footsteps of Jesus; specifically, about living from the heart, living in love. And since this is a season of giving, also please mention the principles about giving with love or giving from the heart.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day and always. It is our great pleasure to share this time with you and to be called to be part of your meditation and your circle of seeking. Thank you for this privilege and honor. It is always a wonderful experience to be part of this beautiful array of energies as you combine in one circle to seek the truth, and we are honored. We are happy to speak with you concerning the Christmas season and the issues of living in the way of Jesus the Christ, and giving as the season seems to request that one does with the kind of Love that the one known as Jesus the Christ would have. As always, we would ask that each of you use your discrimination in listening to our thoughts. Follow and use the thoughts that seem resonant and good to you. If a thought does not seem resonant to you, please leave it behind. We do not expect to hit the target of your own personal needs with each and every thought that we share. We thank you for this consideration.

We wish to say to the one known as R that the part of the principle of Q’uo which is speaking through this instrument this evening is the Brothers and Sisters of the Hatonn group. The subject is unconditional Love, which is this entity’s native vibration. Consequently, we shall express through the one known as Hatonn this evening.

Winter comes upon the planet in the geographical area in which you live in much the same way as night follows day. It is an inevitable and worthy part of the cycle of life. And yet the loss of the Light is a powerful catalyst for those souls who dwell within the more dimly lit wintertime. The long, slow periods of darkness in winter seem very dark indeed and that Light which succeeds in shining through the storms of winter is ofttimes pale and wan, for the sun is farther away. This creates within the third-density entity an inevitable response. In some cases, if an entity is close to the physical death, the lack of Light will encourage an entity to move through the gateway into the larger life. The darkness of winter claims many who would perhaps live through the summer and yet because it is winter there is a natural tendency to rest, relax and seek that gateway to larger life. It is a powerful catalyst, and we would not wish to belittle those who find themselves distressed at the chill and darkness of this season of the year.

Yet, of course, it is at this very season that the Light is desired the most, yearned for and prayed for the most and awaited with the most eagerness. In just such a way does all negative catalyst bring the seeking soul to the point of realizing and expressing the yearning, the hungering, and the thirsting for Light, truth and Love. It is a natural response to this lack of Light to band together and to create a special day, a day that flies in the face of darkness, a day of rejoicing and extra Light, a day of abundance of food and drink and generosity of person to person.

And so, it has been since long before the one known as Jesus the Christ walked your Earth and took part in this season of darkness. Yet it was the genius of the human spirit that caused the taking of the natural and non-religious observance of the winter solstice and the turning of it into a holy day or a holiday. Indeed, the one known as Jesus the Christ was born in the summertime. Yet it is psychologically right for third density that the birth of this entity was placed in the very heart of the winter’s darkness. So, let us look at this moment when light comes into the darkness. Firstly, we would suggest that each of you is that element which is Light born into darkness. Whatever your natural day of birth, you share the birthday of Jesus the Christ in terms of what some among you would call the time of being born again. You are each the infant Jesus the Christ, wrapped in swaddling clothes and lying in the rough manger which holds the hay for the cows to eat.

The group question for this session was: “The question we have today, Q’uo, is about the meaning of Christmas in our world. Please tell us about the spiritual principles involved in living a life that follows in the footsteps of Jesus; specifically, about living from the heart, living in love. And since this is a season of giving, also please mention the principles about giving with love or giving from the heart.” Q’uo began by saying winter comes upon the planet in the area in which we live in much the same way as night follows day because it is a worthy part of the cycle of life, yet the loss of the Light is a powerful catalyst for souls who dwell within the more dimly lit wintertime, and the long periods of darkness in winter seem very dark, and that Light which succeeds in shining through the storms of winter is often pale, for the sun is farther away, and this creates within us an inevitable response, for if we are close to the physical death, the lack of Light will encourage us to move through the gateway into the larger life, so the darkness of winter claims many who would perhaps live through the summer, and because it is winter there is a natural tendency to relax and seek that gateway to larger life, and it is a powerful catalyst, and Q’uo would not wish to belittle those who find themselves distressed at the chill and darkness of this season of the year. Then Q’uo said that it is at this season that the Light is prayed for the most and awaited with eagerness, and in such a way does all negative catalyst bring us to the point of realizing and expressing the hungering for Light and Love, and it is a natural response to this lack of Light to band together and to create a day of rejoicing and extra Light, a day of abundance of food, and drink, and generosity of person to person. Q’uo continued by saying it has been long since Jesus the Christ walked our Earth and took part in this season of darkness, yet it was the genius of the human spirit that caused the taking of the natural observance of the winter solstice and turning it into a holy day, yet Jesus the Christ was born in the summertime, and it is psychologically right for third density that the birth of this entity was placed in the heart of the winter’s darkness, so Q’uo wanted to look at this moment when Light comes into the darkness, and they suggested that each of us is that element which is Light born into darkness, and whatever our natural day of birth, we share the birthday of Jesus the Christ in terms of what some among us would call the time of being born again because each us is the infant Jesus the Christ, wrapped in swaddling clothes and lying in the rough manger which holds the hay for the cows to eat. On March 10, 1991, Q’uo spoke of what it means for us to be born again:

Nothing can be known, but you have all inside, each of you has all inside. And as one approaches the self, more gently, more quietly and more aware of the true nature of the self, one is able to see that one is indeed born again, as so many of your peoples have been distressed to hear the phrase. Born within as a self-aware, eternal Light being, to aid the Earth that you so love, to aid the changes that must come. It is simply necessary to find who you are and then be who you are in the very most truthful way, the most honest way that you can. All else will follow.

When one accepts the higher wisdom of this mysterious Love one is a servant, yet one is for the first time entirely free of the prison of flesh and bone, life, and death. One has become a citizen of eternity. Give respect to that part of yourself that is being born with the so-called new age. Love that child within. Nurture it within your heart’s womb. Talk to it. Cherish it. Nurture it. And as you cherish the growing awareness of who you truly are you open your eyes at the present moment, and there is your service before you, precisely there. It may distress you. It may be a pile of dirty dishes. It may be a discipline problem with a child. It may be digging a hole. It may be anything whatsoever. If it is done in love and compassion and respect for this experience right now, it is the greatest service you could ever perform. For you are being an entity that approaches the illusion fearlessly and lovingly.

You are also the blessed Virgin Mary who nurtures this tiny child, this point of brilliant Light within the darkness of human experience. And you are Joseph, tolerant, patient, and supportive, ready to work as a carpenter to support his wife, the nurturer, and his child, the Christ, the principle of Love. And you are the shepherds who come in wonder and awe to lay down their shepherds’ crooks and kneel at the feet of Mary, gazing with wonder at this precious, precious infant. And there is a portion of you, deep within your soul, which has never been separated from the one infinite Creator in any wise. That portion of you is the angels, singing, “Hallelujah, hallelujah, hallelujah! Glory and peace.”

It is a poignant moment. And it says a good deal about the human condition. It evokes, as the one known as Jim said to this instrument recently, contemplation of the nature of relationships. For the one known as Jesus, this precious point of Light coming into the world, could not have survived infanthood had it not been for the web of relationships he had with his parents and with the owner of the inn that allowed Mary a place to rest her head on the night of his birth, while the shepherds flocked to that manger and formed a deep relationship with this infant. In the gladsome and free times of summer, with its limitless Light, so it seems, the importance of the support and Love of that web of support that is called the family and those special relationships that are called friendships do not seem so urgent a matter. The winter night is far more revealing of the importance of these relationships of soul to soul, heart to heart, and hand to hand.

Therefore, and quite justly, it is often a time for families to join together to renew old ties, share memories of times long past, and experience the somewhat surrealistic and eerie feeling of time falling away and one’s childhood seeming to come back to one, as one experiences these old, old relationships with much shared history that are true of the birth family of mother and child, sister and brother. It is also a time when it seems appropriate to many to open their hearts in generosity to their friends and celebrate the precious gift of mutual support and encouragement. The one known as Jim also suggested to this instrument that this is a good time to reflect upon each relationship, asking the self if there is any way in which the self has flinched away from intimacy and the positive nature of each relationship; asking the self, “Could I see anything in which I perhaps failed to express the depths of my appreciation and love for the other entity?”

Then Q’uo said we are also the blessed Virgin Mary who nurtures this tiny child, this point of brilliant Light within the darkness of human experience, and we are Joseph, patient, and supportive, ready to work as a carpenter to support his wife, the nurturer, and his child, the Christ, the principle of Love, and we are the shepherds who come in awe to lay down their shepherds’ crooks and kneel at the feet of Mary, gazing with wonder at this precious infant, and there is a portion of us deep within our soul, which has never been separated from the one infinite Creator in any wise, so that portion of us is the angels, singing, “Hallelujah, hallelujah, hallelujah! Glory and peace.” Q’uo went on to say it is a poignant moment, and it evokes, as Jim said to Carla recently, contemplation of the nature of relationships, for Jesus, this precious Light coming into the world, could not have survived infanthood had it not been for the web of relationships He had with His parents and with the owner of the inn that allowed Mary a place to rest her head on the night of His birth, while the shepherds flocked to that manger and formed a relationship with this infant, so in the gladsome times of summer, with its limitless Light, the importance of the support and Love of that web of support that is called the family and those relationships that are called friendships do not seem so urgent a matter, but the winter night is far more revealing of the importance of these relationships of soul to soul, and heart to heart. Then Q’uo said it is often a time for families to join together to renew old ties and experience the eerie feeling of time falling away and our childhood seeming to come back to us as we experience these old relationships with much shared history that are true of the birth family of mother and child, sister and brother, and it is also a time when it seems appropriate to many to open their hearts in generosity to their friends and celebrate the gift of mutual support, and as Jim suggested to Carla that this is a good time to reflect upon each relationship, asking if there is any way in which we have moved away from intimacy and the positive nature of each relationship asking our self, “Could I see anything in which I failed to express the depths of my appreciation and love for the other entity?” On October 11, 2008, Q’uo spoke of the value of mutual support:

The quality of companionship and mutual support that you are able to experience in a group when you are giving your support to others, and they are generously and unstintingly giving it right back to you, has an effect upon the way that you feel about yourself. There is a validation there on a level that does not have words. And this relaxes you and allows your self-confidence to become—not overweening and proud—but this takes away the tendency towards contracting and worrying about things.

This is, indeed, that moment in the seasons of the year’s cycle where it is especially appropriate to create expressions of apology and forgiveness; apology to those whom you perhaps feel that in your own judgment you held back from offering all of your love. And likewise, it is a time to think of those who may have, in your own judgment, done that same thing to you and to offer up a complete and total forgiveness and a reestablishment of that intimacy, as if that flaw that you see has been completely healed.The nature of unconditional love dwells not only in the one known as Jesus the Christ but in Carla the Christ, in C the Christ, in R the Christ, in S the Christ, in P the Christ and in everyone, the Christ.

The Christ does not come into your world in strength. The Christ does not come into your world in power. The Christ does not come into your world in riches. Indeed, the infant soul comes into the world helpless. With infinite Love it gazes with its infant eyes upon a world lost to darkness, despair, disappointment, and grief. And it looks upon that lost world with eyes of unconditional Love. That Light that cannot be put out. That unconditional, everlasting, eternal Love gazes from the eyes of a child who cannot speak; who cannot take care of himself; who is in every way needy.

My beloved friends, so are you needy. Your infant soul gazes upon a lost world also, that interior world of your own suffering. It is helpless to speak to it. It is helpless to act. It can only gaze upon you with eyes of unconditional Love. And so, we would ask you at this time to look deeply within your own self at that infant soul within you that is so beautiful and so pure. Let your heart melt and open and enfold that infant soul of yours as if your love were swaddling clothes. Pick up that child and rock it and hold it to your bosom and feed it your attention. What does your soul need to grow strong? What shall you offer this infant within you? A baby needs attention. A baby needs support. A baby needs care. And so we would suggest to you, dear ones, to enter into that stable of your soul and dedicate yourself, not for one moment but for all of your incarnation, to nurturing and taking care of that soul within you that is seeking to gain in strength; that is seeking to thrive and find the life in which it may become more and more able to express in ways more understandable than the silence of a baby.

Q’uo went on to say this is that moment in the seasons of the year’s cycle where it is appropriate to create expressions of apology to those whom we feel that in our own judgment we held back from offering all of our love, and it is a time to think of those who may have done that same thing to us and to offer up forgiveness and a reestablishment of that intimacy, as if that flaw that we see has been completely healed, so the nature of unconditional Love dwells not only in Jesus the Christ but in Carla the Christ, in C the Christ and in everyone the Christ. Q’uo continued by saying the Christ does not come into our world in strength, or in power, or in riches, but the infant soul comes into the world helpless, and with infinite Love It gazes with Its infant eyes upon a world lost to darkness, despair, and grief, and It looks upon that lost world with eyes of unconditional Love and that Light that cannot be put out, that unconditional and eternal Love gazes from the eyes of a child who cannot speak, who cannot take care of Himself, and who is in every way needy. Q’uo went on to say, beloved friends, so are you needy since your infant soul gazes upon that interior world of your suffering, and it is helpless to speak to it or to act, but it can only gaze upon us with eyes of unconditional Love, and Q’uo asked us to look within our self at that infant soul within us that is beautiful and pure, and let our heart open and enfold that infant soul of ours as if our love were swaddling clothes, and pick up that child and hold it to our bosom and feed it our attention because a baby needs attention, support, and care, and Q’uo suggested to us to enter into that stable of our soul and dedicate our self for all of our incarnation to nurturing that soul within us that is seeking to gain in strength, that is seeking to find the life in which it may become more able to express in ways more understandable than the silence of a baby. On February 26, 1989, Latwii spoke of the value of caring for that soul within us:

Thus, you may see that your soul is, indeed, in your hands. You may learn; you may polarize; you may reclaim your birthright. You may advance as you wish—slowly, moderately or quickly. We encourage each to nurture the infant soul within, for, indeed, each of you, in terms of the full spectrum of experience which you shall have within this octave of creation, are very young souls. You are doing your most important work at this time—not your hardest work, by any means, my children, for refining upon the choice is a challenge that takes, in your measurement of time, millions and millions of years.

What is it to be a soul dwelling in the darkness of a physical body? What kind of care does that infant soul need? We would ask that you turn your body into a temple, that you fill it with light, feed it the food that makes it be its lightest, offer it the studies and the thoughts that bring it light, and offer that soul the attention that it needs by remembering to embrace that soul nature that is your very heart, not just on a holy day or on a Sunday, but on every day and in every moment of your year and of your life. For in truth, you are far more the essence of the Christ than you are the essence of the temple which is your body, your personality, and your outer self. Christmas gives you a chance to move through all of the darknesses of self to find, sturdy and strong and ever living, that consciousness of unconditional Love that lives at the heart of yourself and is your true essence.

Theone known as R asked about the principles involved in giving, and giving with love and from the heart. We would speak to that as well. This instrument has often noted the mechanical nature of much of the customary habits of people with regard to the conventional ways of expressing friendship or relationship in general, not only at Christmas time. There is a principle of reciprocity. And one can feel very trapped by this principle of reciprocity. For if one goes to a party, then one is expected to hold a party and invite the ones who gave you a party. And so, one becomes locked into an endless cycle of giving a party and attending a party, giving a party and attending a party, until one becomes heartily tired of having parties.

Much of this mechanical nature has spilled over into that special season of Yuletide and certainly each of those to whom we speak is aware of the pressure upon each entity to think of appropriate gifts for those whom it holds dear and to purchase them or make them and offer them. Naturally, just as inviting someone to a party is not toxic, deciding to give a present is not toxic either. It is, in fact, an expression of joy, gratitude and thanksgiving that is full of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. Blessed indeed is that entity who refuses to be swayed from that intention to express true feelings by the generosity of gifts. This instrument, for instance, truly enjoys giving and receiving gifts, yet it would not occur to this instrument to offer gifts from duty, and we see that as a virtue within this particular soul. Its honesty can be seen to be a rudeness by those who feel that entities should give mechanically and in reciprocity to those who give to them, or give because of a certain relationship even if there is no love there or regard.

Q’uo continued by saying they would ask that we turn our body into a temple, that we fill it with light, feed it the food that makes it be its lightest, offer it the studies that it needs by remembering to embrace our soul nature that is our very heart, not just on a holy day but on every day and in every moment of our life, for in truth, we are far more the essence of the Christ than we are the essence our body, our personality, and our outer self, and Christmas gives us a chance to move through all of the darknesses of our self to find strong and ever living that consciousness of unconditional Love that lives at the heart of our self and is our true essence. Then Q’uo said they would speak to the principles involved in giving with love and from the heart, and Carla has often noted the mechanical nature of much of the customary habits of people with regard to the conventional ways of expressing friendship, and there is a principle of reciprocity, for if we go to a party, then we are expected to hold a party and invite the ones who gave us a party, and we become locked into an endless cycle of giving a party and attending a party until we become tired of having parties. Q’uo continued by saying much of this mechanical nature has spilled over into the season of Yuletide, and each of us to whom Q’uo speaks is aware of the pressure upon us to think of appropriate gifts for those whom we hold dear and to offer them, but just as inviting someone to a party is not toxic, deciding to give a present is not toxic either as it is an expression of joy and thanksgiving that is full of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, and blessed is that entity who refuses to be swayed from that intention to express true feelings by the generosity of gifts, and Carla enjoys giving and receiving gifts, yet it would not occur to her to offer gifts from duty, and Q’uo sees that as a virtue within her, and her honesty can be seen to be a rudeness by those who feel that entities should give mechanically and in reciprocity to those who give to them, or give because of a certain relationship even if there is no love there. On September 27, 1981, Hatonn spoke of how we are always giving and receiving gifts:

My friends, there is no way that you can refrain from accepting service and being of service. You are interlocked and meshed in the tapestry of giving and receiving and it takes a great deal of effort to refrain from the realization of all that you receive and all that you may give. We are sad to report that among your peoples it is not uncommon for people to realize that they are receiving gifts from others, but it is very common for people to refrain from the realization that they have many gifts to give and that they are giving those gifts without effort, without trying, with their very existence.

For each of you, my friends, like a flower, is beautiful and radiant and perfect and although you may not see yourself in this light, there are those who do, and who find in each of you an inspiration of thought, of feeling that that person needs and realizes, although you have no consciousness of being of service.

What we would suggest, in order to uphold the principle of unconditional Love, is that, before writing down the gift list of those to whom you wish to give gifts, you enter into prayer and ask for the gift of sincerity as well as the gift of generosity. Allow yourself the luxury of giving only from the heart, as the one known as R said, only from the depths of a sincerely felt love and never from a duty or from the mechanical routines of a society that does not overly prize honesty and sincerity and genuineness. We would ask you to be authentic in those gifts that you do give. And as you give the gift, again, pray over that gift, imbuing it with your love, your affection, your appreciation and your gratitude for the gift of relationship. That is how the gift gives to you. For love is reflected in love and that which is given in love blesses you a hundred times over.

Contrariwise, that which is given in the emptiness of custom and habit has a blessing neither for the giver nor for the receiver. There is an energy to the gift that is given well that can be felt by that one who opens the gift, and it makes of any tiny gift a wonderful, abundant present. That which is given without love, on the other hand, remains a thing, an object, that which is not imbued with the spirit. In the round robin before this channeling, the one known as R asked if it would be all right to ask this particular question because he had so appreciated the work of the one known as Aaron, who makes it a habit at Christmastime to share stories about an incarnation in which he was associated with the one known as Jesus.

As this instrument observed at this time, we cannot do that, for we have not shared any incarnations with any of those upon your planet. Yet, we can share that in every civilization, wherever hearts beat, and hopes are high, there lives the personification of unconditional Love in one savior or another, one hero or another, one saint or another. And those Christs, and heroes, and saints are you and I and everyone. Each shall have his moments throughout the long journey back to the one infinite Creator of realizing the self as the Christ, not in any egoistical way but in the sense of giving over the life completely to unconditional Love and finding at last the source of all hunger and thirst being filled by embracing the consciousness of unconditional Love.

Each of you is on a journey toward that identity and that nature. And you shall not find that identity and that nature by tossing away that which you are at this very moment for something better. Nay, my friends, you are, now, all that you need to be. You are perfect. You may not see as of yet that you are the Christ child, that you are Spirit, that you are unconditional Love. Yet we say to you that you may trust and rely upon the fact that this is the essence of all of you and each of you, every single one of you. You may be in prison and have done terrible things. You may be on the road hungry and in despair. You may be angry or hurting or separated from that feeling of love by one thing or another. And yet we say to you that you are the Christ. You are, in your essence, unconditional Love. And your journey as a spirit within incarnation may be described as a journey towards that realization and then towards the expressing of that realization when it has become your gift to yourself.

Now Q’uo said they would suggest, in order to uphold the principle of unconditional Love, before writing down the gift list of those to whom we wish to give gifts, we pray and ask for the gift of sincerity as well as the gift of generosity, and allow our self the luxury of giving only from the love our heart and never from the mechanical routines of a society that does not prize honesty and sincerity, and they asked us to be authentic in those gifts that we do give, so as we give the gift, pray over  it, imbuing it with our love and our gratitude for the gift of relationship since that is how the gift gives to us, for love is reflected in love, and that which is given in love blesses us a hundred times over. Then Q’uo said that which is given in the emptiness of habit has a blessing neither for the giver nor for the receiver, but there is an energy to the gift that is given well that can be felt by the one who opens the gift, and it makes of any gift a wonderful present, but that which is given without love remains an object and is not imbued with the spirit, and in the round robin before this channeling, R asked if it would be all right to ask this question because he appreciated the work of Aaron, who makes a habit at Christmastime to share stories about an incarnation in which he was associated with Jesus. Q’uo said as this instrument observed they cannot do that, for they have not shared any incarnations with any of those upon our planet, yet they can share that in every civilization, wherever hearts beat, and hopes are high because there lives the personification of unconditional Love in one savior or another, one saint or another, and those Christs are everyone, and each of us shall have our moments throughout the journey back to the one infinite Creator of realizing our self as the Christ in the sense of giving over our life to unconditional Love and finding the source of all hunger being filled by embracing the consciousness of unconditional Love. Q’uo completed their reply by saying each of us is on a journey toward that identity, and we shall not find that nature by tossing away that which we are for something better because we are all are perfect, but we may not see that we are the Christ child, the Spirit, and  unconditional Love, yet Q’uo said that we may rely upon the fact that this is the essence of all of us, and we may be in prison having done terrible things, or we may be angry and separated from that feeling of Love by one thing or another, yet Q’uo said that we are the Christ, and in our essence we are unconditional Love, so our journey as a spirit within incarnation may be described as a journey towards that realization and then towards the expressing of that realization when it has become our gift to our self. On June 18, 2005, Q’uo said that we are the Christ:

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and, my sister, we believe that you have begun to answer our question for us. It is our sincere belief that you are the Christ. It is our belief that each of you was sent forth from the Father, as this instrument calls the one infinite Creator, to be His daughter and to be His son. The tongues of flame have touched your lips, the Spirit has descended upon your head, and you have been created! And you shall change the face of the Earth.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

R: I’d like to make an observation and then ask Q’uo to comment. I have been thinking about gifts as Q’uo was speaking, and to me, and I think to others who listen to Confederation entities, it seems a kind of a gift that entities would come and try to speak to us in a way that is uplifting and inspiring. So, I always think about giving thanks. Yet I also remember that Confederation entities see that as a service. I want to ask Q’uo if they would like to comment on how they see the appreciation that those who listen give to messages of inspiration.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. Indeed, you are correct in that we consider it a privilege to be asked to share our opinions, because we have chosen as our way of service to others to share our thoughts when asked. May we say that your appreciation is a great gift to us. We do not know when we speak as to whether we will hit the mark. We feel into the vibrations of your particular circle and the dynamics of all of those that happen to be listening to our words, and we find various points and various layers of meaning, all of which are sincerely and genuinely requested by the various persons in the circle of seeking.

We are also limited by the fact that we must speak to the least aware of those within the circle, so that we do not leave any behind. And so, we create concepts and share them with this instrument, who then shares them with you. And we do not know whether we have hit the mark at all. So, when we find entities responding to our words in a positive way, it is as though we were bathed in your love. And we are very happy and joyful that we have succeeded in doing that which we hoped to do. It is a joy to have not only attempted to be of service but to have the impression that we have succeeded, at least in part, in sharing our Love and our Light in ways that are helpful to you and form a resource for your further spiritual endeavors.Perhaps we should say that we feel as if we were being swaddled in your love and understanding and it feels very, very good.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: Thank you, Q’uo. I think you hit the mark far more often than you imagine!

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you for that comment, my brother. May it be true now and ever when you call for us and request our presence. May we ask if there is another query of this group at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and we have indeed satisfied the questions of those present at this time. May we thank you for the present of asking us to be with you and to share our opinions with you. You are a blessing to us, indeed! And we always stand in awe of the beauty of your hopes and your vibrations as you create together this sacred space and fill it with your request for the truth, for Love and for Light. May you go well, my friends in this Christmas season. May you go well, my friends, through that which buffets the soul at a time when there is tenderness and affection in the air and yet so very, very many are focused upon other things.

Let it not dismay you, let it not distress you. Go deep! Dive into the heart of yourself and of the souls about you, seeing in them not those insincerities and thoughtlessnesses that so often pervade this winter solstice season. Do not let the darkness in yourself or in others keep you from the gladsome light of new life, new growth, new truth, and new light. Let it be summer in your heart. And that light which you are shall make your environment radiant! And light shall abound. We leave you in the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo and to each of you we say, Adonai, Adonai. Love, Light, power and peace. We are those of Q’uo. 

This morning I went over to Baptist East Hospital to have and MRI test to see how the osteopenia in my back is doing. On the way home I stopped at Theineman’s Nursery and bought another flat of dianthus flowers. Then I stopped in at Walmart and bought some Choc-Zero chocolate candy for a snack in the evening and some Pepsi-Zero. My third stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought two bags of birdseed. My last stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself.

This afternoon I transplanted six flats of zinnias into the top of the Wuthering Heights Mound. Then I watered them with fertilized water and sprayed them with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 22

The Waterfall

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love divine.

There is a waterfall that streams from infinity, its sparkling rainbow cascades invisible to the eye but full of healing and health, nourishment and nutrition for the Spirit.

This cascade flows wherever there is consciousness. And the Love that surrounds you is there because you are loved. This day, allow the consciousness of that Love to fill you, that all that you do, you may do for the Love of Jesus Christ.

Have you the chores, the small tasks, the seemingly unimportant dusting and paperwork and foolishness of that sort? Do it for the Love of Jesus the Christ. Do all for the Love of the Creator. Then shall the waterfall of Love be answered by your love.

Then shall the waterfall move into you and through you to bless the world anew. For only the created can express the uncreated Light that is the waterfall of divine Love. Feel it surround you. Express it within you. Allow it to flow through you. And do all that you do for the Love of the Christ.

We leave you in the consciousness of its peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 10, 2007:

The question tonight is: Conspicuously absent in the philosophy of the Ra contact is any mention of the surrender of the conscious self to a guidance, intelligence or will greater than its own, be it the higher self, Love and Light, or the Creator. Where is there room for God’s grace and surrender in Ra’s philosophy? If surrender is suggested in Ra’s philosophy, what does an entity surrender?

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as those of the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Our hearts are full of gratitude that you should call us to your circle of seeking to respond to the question of the place of grace and surrender in the path of the Law of One. We are delighted to share our thoughts with you upon this subject. As always, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each who listens to or reads these words reserves the right of discrimination as you listen or read, in order that you may choose which of our thoughts you shall pursue and use and which you shall lay aside. Not all of our thoughts shall be equally appropriate for you, and we would ask that, rather than taking our thoughts as a whole and attempting to work with them all, you choose those that resonate to you personally. For the path of truth for each seeker is unique, and we would not be a stumbling block in your way by distracting you from the path of your own resonance. If you shall do this we shall be most grateful, for it clears the way for us to know that we are not infringing upon your freewill or disturbing the rhythm of your process.

The question before us has to do with the place of surrender or grace in the system of philosophy or thinking that we have offered through this channel previously. Firstly, we shall remark that the philosophy or system of thinking which is sometimes known as the Law of One or the Confederation Philosophy posits a singular, unitary consciousness in which all parts are interactive, and all things are one. If all things are one, to what shall any soul surrender? This is why there is no mention of such a surrender within our thoughts which we share with you.

Now let us look at the way of the world, as we might call that world in which it would seem that there is a self that is error-prone and there is a separate Creator which is perfect. This imperfection is contrasted and separate from perfection. The human self of third density is set apart from the Creator of that third-density soul. There are two basic ways in which those of your culture choose to make the demarcation between the human and the divine. The first is that of the Christian, the Jewish, and the Islamic religions or philosophical systems, if you will, in which there is required of the sinner a repentance and a surrender of the human self in order to worship, adore, and be redeemed by the Creatorship of the Messiah or the God named Allah whose prophet is Mohammed. This system of demarcation of human and divine takes its flavor from the male energy of the God-name involved in all three religious systems.

The forerunners to these religions were systems of myth and magic in which there were sacrifices of animals and, in some cases, humans, so that the blood might ascend to the heavens and please the perfect Creator, which then would smile upon the sinning and erroneous human. The human, then, was redeemed to divinity through the sacrifice of an innocent, be it the animal or the virgin human. In your Holy Bible there is the figure of Abraham being ordered by the Creator to sacrifice his son, Isaac. Not questioning the Creator in any way, Abraham builds a fire, sets the wood, sets the tinder ready to light the fire, then binds his son to the fire to make a human sacrifice as requested by the Creator. At the last instance a ram is found caught in a thicket. Isaac is set free, and the ram takes the son’s place.

The group question for this session was: “Conspicuously absent in the philosophy of the Ra contact is any mention of the surrender of the conscious self to a guidance, intelligence or will greater than its own, be it the higher self, Love and Light, or the Creator. Where is there room for God’s grace and surrender in Ra’s philosophy? If surrender is suggested in Ra’s philosophy, what does an entity surrender?” Q’uo began by saying the question before us has to do with the place of surrender in the system of philosophy that we have offered through Carla previously, so we shall say that the philosophy which is known as the Law of One reveals a unitary consciousness in which all parts are interactive, and all things are one, and if all things are one, to what shall any soul surrender? And this is why there is no mention of such a surrender within our thoughts which we share with you. Q’uo went on to say let us look at the way of the world in which it would seem that there is a self that is error-prone and there is a separate Creator which is perfect, so there are two ways in which those of your culture choose to describe the difference between the human and the divine, and the first is that of the Christian, the Jewish, and the Islamic religions in which there is required of the sinner a repentance and a surrender of the human self in order to worship and be redeemed by the God named Allah whose prophet is Mohammed, and this system of demarcation of human and divine takes its flavor from the male energy of the God-name involved in all three religious systems. Then Q’uo said that before these religions there were systems of myth in which there were sacrifices of animals and humans, so that the blood might ascend to the heavens and please the perfect Creator, which then would smile upon the sinning human who was redeemed to divinity through the sacrifice of an innocent animal or the virgin human, and in your Holy Bible there is the figure of Abraham being ordered by the Creator to sacrifice his son, Isaac, and not questioning the Creator Abraham builds a fire, sets the wood, sets the tinder ready to light the fire, then binds his son to the fire to make a human sacrifice as requested by the Creator, and at the last minute a ram is found caught in a thicket, and Isaac is set free, and the ram takes the son’s place. On April 16, 2006, Q’uo spoke about the way of the world in the time of Jesus:

For the one known as Jesus, the old way of doing things was the way of the world. The old way was the way of money, power, and influence. The one known as Jesus was suggesting that it was time for people to wake up, to turn from their worldly ways and release their concepts of the importance of money, power, and influence. The one known as Jesus had another kingdom in mind than the kingdom of the world. He called that the kingdom of heaven. He was interested in turning people’s minds from the world to heaven, from fear to love. As he talked about the end times, therefore, this entity was speaking in stories and parables, not attempting to teach literally but attempting to create an atmosphere in which the truth would become clear.

In the New Testament, the son is not so lucky. There is no ram in Jerusalem, and Jesus the Christ is crucified upon Golgotha. In both Testaments the figure is the same—one innocent to die in order to redeem all of sinful humanity. Over against this type of demarcation between human and divine one may gaze at the systems of Buddhism and Hinduism, in which the erroneous human is set over against emptiness, nothingness, release, rest, and freedom from suffering. In this figure each entity becomes the Christ, sacrificing its selfhood entirely in order to become free of suffering and thereby free of the wheel of karma and endless incarnations. What these two systems have in common is a careful split betwixt humanity and divinity or the profane and the sacred. Within the Law of One, no such demarcation exists. Rather, it is posited that each entity within third density has the one infinite Creator at the heart of every fiber of its being.

The mystery of the Law of One is that implicit within the egg of humanity is the full-grown creature of Godhead. And implicit within the Creator is that sending forth of those seeds of self into illusion in order to gather information concerning Its own identity. This does not mean that the concepts of surrender and grace have no relevance to the Law of One, but rather that the process of spiritual evolution is seen, in this model of seeking the truth, to be a journey inward. There is no reaching outside of self but rather the intention to seek the heart of self, which is the one infinite Creator. This is a model which your culture cannot support and which consensus reality itself finds it difficult to understand. Your culture cannot see the infinite value of the self or assume that perfection lies within the self, which is always seen as prone to error and foolish and flawed in many ways.

Consensus reality has no entrance into a system of thought which posits the perfection of humanity for it is quite obvious, when one gazes upon oneself or another being, that neither oneself nor another being either expresses perfection or contains perfection in some latent state. Being unconscious of the illusory nature of third density, the culture simply has no way to absorb or understand a system in which it is posited that all that is, including perfection, exists within the self. We have spoken many times about this journey inward. We have spoken about that surface of life that is consensus reality which, rather than being earth, has more of the quality of the ocean, liquid, penetrable, deep, and capable of being entered by the diver who dives deep, perhaps to gather pearls from the ocean’s floor and to bring up those precious pearls to store away in the treasure house.

Then Q’uo said in the New Testament, the Son is not so lucky since there is no ram in Jerusalem, and Jesus the Christ is crucified upon Golgotha, and in both Testaments the figure is the same of one innocent to die in order to redeem all of the sins of humanity, so looking at this type of difference between the human and the divine we may gaze at the systems of Buddhism and Hinduism, in which the erroneous human is set over against the rest and freedom from suffering, and in this figure each entity becomes the Christ, sacrificing Its selfhood in order to become free of suffering and free of the wheel of karma and endless incarnations, so what these two systems have in common is a split between humanity, and within the Law of One, no such demarcation exists, but it is seen that each entity within third density has the one infinite Creator at the heart of every fiber of its being. Q’uo continued by saying

the mystery of the Law of One is that within the nature of humanity is the Godhead, and implied within the Creator is that sending forth of those seeds of our self into the illusion in order to gather information concerning  our identity, but this does not mean that the concepts of surrender and grace have no relevance to the Law of One, but that the process of spiritual evolution is seen to be a journey inward. There is no reaching outside of our self but the intention to seek the heart of our self, which is the one infinite Creator, and this is a model which consensus reality finds it difficult to understand, and our culture cannot see the infinite value of our self or assume that perfection lies within our self, which is always seen as prone to error and flawed in many ways. Q’uo went on to say consensus reality has no entrance into a system of thought which assumes the perfection of humanity, for it is obvious, when we gaze upon our self or another being, that neither our self nor another being expresses perfection because being unconscious of the illusory nature of third density, our culture has no way to understand a system in which it is assumed that all that is, including perfection, exists within our self, and Q’uo  has spoken many times about this journey inward, and that surface of life that is consensus reality which, rather than being earth, has more of the quality of the ocean being liquid, deep, and capable of being entered by the diver who dives deep, to gather pearls from the ocean’s floor and to bring up those pearls to store away in the treasure house. On November 6, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the nature of consensus reality:

As we were speaking of the difference between consensus reality, or the world of illusion, and the metaphysical universe, or the world of time/space, we were speaking of a finite universe as opposed to an infinite universe. Your everyday, consensus reality is measurable. One can measure the terrestrial ball upon which you walk. One can measure the beat of your heart and the pressure of your blood. One can use instrumentation to measure the exact electrical charge of each thought that you think.

The world of metaphysics is not measurable by such instrumentation as you are aware of in your everyday world. It is a world in which anything is possible because you are unbounded by any limitation whatsoever except those you create for yourself. The world of time/space is the world of consciousness. It is the world of infinity and eternity. The reason it is difficult for us to describe this to you is that your mind is a space/time artifact. The intellectual brain, that marvelous problem-solving biocomputer, is not capable of grasping the infinite. It can only grasp it by saying, “Oh, it is that which goes beyond that limit.” But since the mind thinks in finite terms, there is always an end to that place that is beyond. And then infinity must again be invoked so that that limit too is transcended.

Our consciousnesses have a regular and layered nature. The surface of the ocean of consciousness is that infinitesimal part of yourself that is fully invested in consensus reality. You are as one who floats upon the surface as long as you are content to remain uncurious as to what lies beneath the surface of self. Much of your psychology is content to remain largely upon the surface of self and to work with the structure of the personality. We have called the personality the “personality shell” to indicate that it is, in a way, a husk which protects the fruit that lies so sweetly within. As long as you feel that you are your personality and are limited by your traits, gifts, and limitations of personality, then you shall float upon the ocean of consciousness, never penetrating below the surface disturbances of waves, moved forever by the moon’s attraction and washed with the tides that ebb and flow with all the influences on the surface personality.

It is our suggestion that you are capable of diving more deeply within the folds of your personality and penetrating at last into deeper waters which are, although illusory, far less distorted in their ability to express the truth of the oneness of all creation and the beauty, the truth and the Creatorship within each soul. We can use words like Christ Consciousness or Cosmic Consciousness to help the seeker begin to penetrate the idea that there is an internalized Christhood within each cell of your body and within each iota of your emotions, your mentality, and your spirit. Thusly, we see a journey that slowly develops for each seeker. The beginning of the journey is the awareness that there is more to the illusion than meets the eye. This awareness rouses the seeker and creates a hunger and a thirst for the truth that is missing from consensus reality.

There is a flatness perceived to consensus reality. Birth, growth, adulthood, working, marriage, children, friends, getting older, failing in health, and then dying are the signposts of the journey across the flat, even if turbulent, sea of consensus reality. However, the seeker becomes aware that this model of life is not accurate—or not fully accurate. Once the seeker has awakened to the knowledge that there is infinitely more than this life and these details of life, the seeker can no longer go back to sleep. Once awake, the journey has begun. There are various ways in which the seeker grows as he seeks ever more deeply for the truth about himself. If the seeker uses the settled religions which we mentioned earlier in an attempt to penetrate the truth of himself and his relation to the Creator, he is forever dependent upon an “other.”

Now Q’uo said our consciousnesses have a regular nature so that the surface of the ocean of consciousness is that tiny part of our self that is fully invested in consensus reality, and we are as one who floats upon the surface as long as we have no interest as to what lies beneath the surface of our self, and much of our psychology is content to remain upon the surface of our self and to work with the structure of our personality, so Q’uo has called the personality the “personality shell” to indicate that it is a husk which protects the fruit that lies so sweetly within, and as long as we feel that we are our personality and are limited by our traits and the limitations of  our personality, then we shall float upon the ocean of consciousness, never penetrating below the surface disturbances of waves, moved forever by the moon’s attraction and washed with the tides that ebb and flow with all the influences on the surface personality. Then Q’uo said it is their suggestion that we are capable of diving deeply within the folds of our personality and penetrating into deeper waters which are, although illusory, less distorted in their ability to express the truth of the oneness of all creation and the Creatorship within each soul, and Q’uo can use words like Christ Consciousness or Cosmic Consciousness to help us begin to penetrate the idea that there is an internalized Christhood within each cell of our body and within each iota of our emotions, mentality, and spirit, so they see a journey that develops for each seeker, and the beginning of the journey is our awareness that there is more to the illusion than meets the eye, so this awareness awakens us and creates a thirst for the truth that is missing from consensus reality. Q’uo continued by saying that there is a flatness perceived to consensus reality regarding birth, growth, adulthood, working, marriage, children, friends, getting older, failing in health, and then dying  which are the signposts of the journey across the turbulent sea of consensus reality, but the seeker becomes aware that this model of life is not fully accurate, and once we awaken to the knowledge that there is infinitely more than this life and these details of life, we can no longer go back to sleep because our journey has begun, and there are various ways in which we grow as we search more deeply for the truth about our self, so if we use the settled religions which Q’uo mentioned earlier in an attempt to penetrate the truth of our self and our relation to the Creator, we are forever dependent upon an “other.” On April 6, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the truth about our self:

The Creator within you, the Truth of yourself, is happy to live your life. You have sufficient spiritual impulses within you to move through your incarnations in a state of true peace and undiluted joy. Yet it is something for which permission must be given from the self to the self. One must give oneself permission to be conten, and happy, and blessed, for these are not things which are in the training which your culture offers its people. It is not taught among your people that happiness is a natural state, but rather that struggling and competition are the natural state. And each is aware of many ways in which the culture itself offers these lessons to those who are growing and in need of instruction. Always it is the spiritual sense alone that is able to release the conflicts, the struggles, those things which are the truth of the illusion, in order to turn once again to the stunning mystery of oneness, to the love that is all that you see, to the Light that has created all that is, without blinking at those things which seem good and which seem evil.

If the seeker is aware that he is seeking his deepest self, then there is no other, there is only a growing desire to lay aside each mask, each husk, and each trait of personality that veils from him the deepest truth of his nature. Yet this is not a mechanical process. There is no “stairway to heaven” as the song phrases it. There is only the gentle and continuous intention to allow the dropping away of all of those things that keep the awareness from beholding the presence of the one infinite Creator. And this is where surrender and grace reenter this Law of One. For the surrender is to the deeper self. And in surrendering to the deeper truth of the self, the shallower identifications of self with personality traits, accidents of birth, race, religion, and so forth, melt away. All distinctions blur beside the presence of the Creator within.

Itis as though the seeker orbits the self, closer and closer, until finally it is drawn into the heart of self by a kind of spiritual gravity. And suddenly there bursts forth an awareness, a satori, a realization, an epiphany. And in that moment the self is known to the self. And that self is love. Blessed are those moments of grace when all masks fall away and the naked self stands fearless, beholding its own nature, which is sacred and divine. We do not object at all to the seeker’s use of “otherness.” For instance, this instrument works with mystical Christianity and patterns her life after the example of the one known as Jesus, the Christ, whom she calls her Beloved, whom she follows, for whom she would die, and for whom she lives. She is aware of the relative impurity of a model which contains the self and an other-than-the-self. Yet to contain her devotion and channel it in a productive and positive way, she uses the conventions to which she was born in consensus reality as a conscious being.

Q’uo continued by saying if we are aware that we are seeking our deepest self, then there is only a growing desire to lay aside each trait of personality that veils from us the deepest truth of our nature, yet this is not a mechanical process since there is only the continuous intention to allow the dropping away of all of those things that keep our awareness from beholding the presence of the one infinite Creator, and this is where surrender and grace reenter the Law of One, for the surrender is to our deeper self, and in surrendering to the deeper truth of our self the shallower identifications of our self with personality traits, race, and religion melt away, and all distinctions blur beside the presence of the Creator within. Then Q’uo said it is as though we orbit our self until it is drawn into the heart of our self by spiritual gravity, and suddenly there bursts forth a realization, and in that moment our self is known to our self as Love, and blessed are those moments of grace when all masks fall away, and our naked self stands fearless, beholding our own nature, which is sacred and divine, so Q’uo did not object to the our use of “otherness” since Carla works with mystical Christianity and patterns her life after the example of the one known as Jesus the Christ, whom she calls her Beloved, whom she follows, for whom she would die, and for whom she lives, and she is aware of the relative impurity of a model which contains the self and an other-than-the-self, but to contain her devotion and channel it in a positive way, she uses the conventions to which she was born in consensus reality as a conscious being. Q’uo went on to say it is a way to avoid paradox since the conscious mind, with its logical nature, has a dislike of paradox, and it is paradoxical to say both that our surface self is real, and that our deepest expression of our self is real, yet that is what Q’uo says, knowing that it is a paradox and a mystery, and there are those among our mystical groups, as well as individuals, who reject  words and choose the way of silence, so over a period of time the habit of silence decreases the difficulty of absorbing the outrage of paradox, and such silent souls smile at the deception of words which separate and logic which delineates to no good purpose, spiritually speaking. On September 5, 2010, Carla described the value of paradox:

When there’s no paradox, there’s no growth. Always remember when you get yourself into a situation and you say, “This makes no sense whatsoever,” you’re on the right track. Finally, you’re on the right track! Because when things make no sense; when they’re paradoxical and mysterious, those are the hallmarks of spirit.

Yet we would not encourage you to become recluses. We would encourage you to embrace paradox and mystery. We would encourage you to continue your journey upon the surface of life, knowing that it, too, is perfect in its way, even with all the masks, all the confusions, and all the misunderstandings, and limitations of dealing with each other and with circumstances which occur in everyday life. For third density was not designed to be a quiet and steady dive to the center of self. It was designed to be turbulent, as the shaker that breaks rocks into pieces or large pieces of ceramic into small pieces of ceramic, polishing them and shaping them by friction and impact.

To come at the action intended in third density another way, we could use the figure of the fiery furnace which tempers  and strengthens the brittle, callow young soul so that it becomes an instrument of great flexibility and strength. Your world is intended as a refinery of souls. That catalyst that comes to the surface self is seen by us as a good thing, a useful and appropriate thing, whether it feels comfortable or vastly uncomfortable. Indeed, it is the movement of the self within periods or situations of discomfort which are especially helpful in achieving maturity and a more polished or tempered realization of the nature of the self and the Creator.

Both your physical body and your metaphysical body, or your energy body, are designed to take advantage of and make use of this catalytic effect of the day-by-day occurrences of life. A great deal of the catalyst of life comes from the relationships which you have, first with yourself and then with other people. And as the spirit grows in maturity, it becomes more able to see through the illusion of suffering. It becomes more able to penetrate the devices and desires of its own surface being to see the patterns of learning that lie within those surface movements of the emotions and the reactions of the mind and the body. It does not become more in control of what occurs within life. Rather, it becomes unafraid of not being in control. And this is grace. When all about one is pressured and stressful, and yet there is that within the heart that remembers the true nature of the self, then that spirit is in a state of grace and may maximize its learning and its service within third density. 

Q’uo said they would not encourage us to become recluses, but they would encourage us to embrace paradox and mystery to continue our journey upon the surface of life, knowing that is perfect in its way, even with all the confusions and limitations of dealing with each other and with circumstances which occur in everyday life, for third density was not designed to be a quiet and steady dive to the center of our self, but it was designed to be turbulent, as the shaker that breaks rocks into small pieces polishing them and shaping them by friction and impact. Then Q’uo went on to say that to come at the action intended in third density another way, they could use the figure of the fiery furnace which tempers and strengthens the brittle young soul so that it becomes an instrument of great flexibility and strength, and our world is intended as a refinery of souls, so that catalyst that comes to our surface self is seen by them as a good thing whether it feels comfortable or uncomfortable, and it is the movement of our self within situations of discomfort which are especially helpful in achieving maturity and realization of the nature of our self and the Creator. Q’uo continued by saying our physical body and our energy body are designed to make use of this catalytic effect of the day-by-day occurrences of life, and a great deal of the catalyst of life comes from the relationships which we have, first with our self and then with other people, and as our spirit grows in maturity, it becomes able to see through the illusion of suffering so that it becomes able to penetrate the desires of its own surface being to see the patterns of learning that lie within those surface movements of the emotions and the reactions of the mind and the body, but it does not become more in control of what occurs within life, but it becomes unafraid of not being in control, and this is grace when all about us is pressured and stressful, and there is that within our heart that remembers the true nature of our self, then our spirit is in a state of grace and may maximize its learning and its service within third density.  On December 17, 1995, Q’uo described the state of grace that is always available to us:

And consequently, the growing entity does not have a way to come into the concept of that state of mind or attitude which is that entity’s natural gift. Rather, the entity tends to drift further and further away from a feeling of wholeness and appropriateness which comes from the heart outward. And most entities move through the incarnative experience only becoming aware of that state of grace in which the universe is kindly, and in which all things which are needed appear from time to time. Thusly, most entities see grace as that which occurs episodically, now here, now there, and then again elsewhere.

In actuality, these times when grace seems to come near and touch the entity are those times when the individual has been able involuntarily or consciously to allow the self to be completely natural, to rest in the center of being and to allow the natural flow of energy. It is as though the self were a receiver that only intermittently worked. In simplistic terms, then, the way towards maximizing the experience of grace in the incarnative experience is to attempt to come to a feeling within of balance. We would encourage seekers to think upon and ponder the concept of self with regard to the nature of the basic attitude that is given as a natural gift by the Creator to each entity, for the maximizing of the experience of grace can be accomplished by increasing the allowing of the self to rest in the natural balance.

This requires that the entity gradually uncover within itself an awareness and a growing familiarity with a kind of trust in the self and in that part of self that goes beyond self and connects with all that there is that is not commonly taught among your peoples. The young child is repeatedly taught what it must do to obtain the approval and the satisfaction of those whom it wishes to please and of the self, for each entity talks to the self and communicates with the deeper self as if it were another person. Thusly, when one talks with another person one is talking to the projection of the self.

Many things will attempt to unbalance the natural poise of a seeker throughout the daily round of activity. There is the constant ebb and flow of the personal and individual rhythms of self, and we are not suggesting that it is easy to become aware of the deep and unchanging portion of the self that is perhaps best described in emotional terms, or rather in terms of emotion. Emotions are given short shrift by your people. Those who are emotional or considered to be emotional are those who seem unbalanced and out of control, whereas from our point of view we would say that those who feel emotion are moving into truth as they begin to purify and refine those emotions. The entity who becomes able through the discipline of the life and the personality to express and manifest pure emotions is the one who shall be closer to balance and nearer to the constant awareness of that state of grace which abides for each entity below the level of confusion which clutters the surface of life and of the mind of each seeker.

What is being refined in the refinery of souls that is Earth? What is the soul within third density? A synonym for “soul” might be “heart.” And we have often suggested to you that you are on a journey into your own open heart. Christ is waiting for you within your own heart. As you allow the surface of self to fall away, you become empty enough to fall in love with yourself. You begin to see that all these details of self, wretched though they may be in some cases, and glorious in others, fall away to nothingness before the self’s desire to seek the presence of the one infinite Creator. And so the self within incarnation becomes merry and lighthearted, whether in sunshine or in rain; whether in good times or evil. For the self remembers that it is on a journey whose destination is sure. And thusly, through all the changes and chances of mortal life, that seeking soul may be confident and quiet within, full of faith and knowing that all is well. And this, too, is grace.

There is great power in words. Words can stir up the emotions. Within the power of those who wish to inspire others, there is the ability to manipulate feelings and emotions and to whip up passion, so that an ecstasy of hysteria is achieved in which there seems to be a breakthrough into the Love of Christ, however you wish to say that condition of perfect Love. And that feels very good. Yet that which is whipped up, dies down. We would rather not proceed with words that inspire in order to whip up passion and to change rejoicing into an hysterical expression of love for the Creator. Rather, we ask you to use every faculty of your being, your intellect, your will, your body, your emotions, and every fiber of your being to seek, seek, seek to remember who you are.

There are so many ways to work on that question! For all of nature is one with you. And all of nature is full of that information which harmonizes with your desires and sets up patterns of attraction and coincidence. And all of Spirit is one with you as well. All that is unseen and not of nature but of Spirit conspires to speak with you in silence, singing into your life those silent melodies of truth and beauty.

[Side one of tape ends.]

There is a wind that blows through you, changeable and sacred. And in every season and mood of your life it brings new life, new light, new power, new information, new expressions of that which is always the same—love, love, love.

Then Q’uo said a synonym for “soul” might be “heart,” and they have often suggested to us that we are on a journey into our open heart, and Christ is waiting for us within our heart, so as we allow the surface of our self to fall away, we become empty enough to fall in love with our self, and we begin to see that all these details, wretched though they may be in some cases, and glorious in others, fall away to nothingness before our desire to seek the presence of the one infinite Creator, so our self within incarnation becomes merry and lighthearted, whether in sunshine or in rain, for it remembers that it is on a journey whose destination is sure, and through all the changes of our life, our seeking soul may be full of faith and knowing that all is well, and this, too, is grace. Q’uo went on to say there is power in words, and within the power of those who wish to inspire others, there is the ability to manipulate emotions, so that ecstasy is achieved in which there seems to be a breakthrough into the Love of Christ, and that feels very good, yet that which is whipped up, dies down, and Q’uo would rather not use words that inspire in order to whip up passion and to change rejoicing into an hysterical expression of love for the Creator, but they asked us to use every faculty of our being to seek and to remember who we are. Now Q’uo said that there are many ways to work on that question, for all of nature is one with us, and all of nature is full of information which harmonizes with our desires and sets up patterns of attraction and coincidence, and all of Spirit is one with us as well, so that which is unseen and not of nature but of Spirit conspires to speak with us in silence, singing into our life those silent melodies of truth and beauty, and there is a wind that blows through us, changeable and sacred, so in every season of our life it brings new life, light, and new expressions of that which is always the same—love, love, love. On March 28, 2009, Q’uo spoke as to how we can join in groups to create patterns of attraction that draw higher energies and information to us:

As to the seeming paradox, an entity in your linear future reading or hearing this material and realizing that he has touched into the energy vortex which created the material is not the same thing as the entity being forced into a place in space and time in the literal sense. Rather there is the convergence of energies, in a metaphysical sense, with the vibration of love and light upon which this channeling has been carried, it being the matrix for all of those who would touch into that web that is this circle of seeking.

This circle of seeking exists in time, in the sense of space/time, and it exists timelessly in the sense of metaphysical patterns of attraction. In just such a way, the one known as William wrote many plays and sonnets in the seventeenth century and in his brief life certainly did not touch a great many people. Yet, century after century since then, when school children meet the question of “to be or not to be,” they have entered into that moment where there was the creation of that soliloquy and therefore, of that universe.

Thusly, it is aptly said that some works are timeless and in their classic goodness exceed all ages, speaking to those of any age, any century, whose minds are shaped at that moment to perceive and to work with those concepts. It is not something special that those who read the material generated this evening converge upon a place in time/space, for this occurs whenever entities come together with an idea that is greater than themselves and takes them out of themselves.

Weencourage your explorations. However you wish to seek the Creator, we encourage you to follow those preferences and those biases. We simply offer to you our humble opinion of the deeper truth of the process that is occurring within third density. Third density is set up as system after system of opposites. Male and female, light and dark are certainly chief among them. Yet male and female combine to make third density in the sense that it is the male principle and the female principle, attracting each other, which create this illusion that you call third density. It is the very fabric and stuff of third density. And indeed the meat which is chewed in third density is that meat of choice, light or dark, radiant or magnetic, service to others or service to self. There aretwo paths, both valid and quite opposite in their energy, both pointed towards an eventual unity yet choosing two completely different paths towards that inevitable awareness of utter unity.

Inclaiming the Law of One, we move ahead to that point in what you would call your future where the positive and negative paths have once again converged and become one for all time, until the creation itself moves from time to the timeless and enters the womb of yet another creation, as the heartbeat of the Creator throbs once more and another creation begins. You journey homeward. How shall you journey? That is the question of third density. Shall you journey in the light, seeking ever to become more of service, more loving, more giving, more aware of the love within each moment? Or shall you enjoy the dark path where the self is seen immediately as the Creator and all other selves are seen as those who would worship the Creator in you? Thus, the dark path is one where each who follows it attempts to coerce, manipulate, or otherwise use all other selves, to tell them what to do and to make sure they are useful to the self or moved out of the way of self. This also is a valid path, yet it is a dark path and a bloody path. There are those who prefer it.

We are not those. We are those of the radiant path. And so, we ask you to re-member rather than dis-member yourself. We ask you to collect all of the pieces of your self and re-member yourself, to gather all of your members together. We ask that you love your imperfections, gather them to your bosom, honor them, and bring them into your heart. And then we suggest that you remain in that tabernacle within even as you move upwards into the surface of life once again and experience the turbulence of the surface tides of life. There is, to our mind, that constant flow of moving from the depths of the truth to the surface expressions of the truth, which in many cases are highly colored but always carry those seeds of the truth which lies so deeply within. All is one and all is love.

Q’uo said they encouraged our explorations if we wish to seek the Creator, and they encouraged us to follow those preferences, and they offered us their opinion of the deeper truth of the process that is occurring within third density because third density is set up as systems of opposites with male and female, light and dark among them, yet male and female combine to make third density in the sense that it is the male principle and the female principle, attracting each other, which create this illusion that we call third density which is the stuff of third density, and the meat which is chewed in third density is that meat of choice, service to others or service to self, and these are the two paths, both pointed towards an eventual unity yet choosing two completely different paths towards that awareness of unity. Q’uo went on to say in claiming the Law of One, they move ahead to that point in what we would call our future where the positive and negative paths have once again converged and become one for all time, until the creation itself moves from time to the timeless and enters the womb of yet another creation, as the heartbeat of the Creator throbs once more and another creation begins, and how we can journey in the light and seek to become  more of service, or we can enjoy the dark path where each who follows it attempts to control other selves and see themselves as the Creator that shall be worshipped, and this is a valid path even though it is dark and dirty path there are those who prefer it. Q’uo completed their reply by saying they are those of the radiant path, and they asked us to re-member rather than dis-member our self, and they asked us to collect all of the pieces of our self and re-member our self and that we love our self and bring it into our heart, and then remain in that tabernacle within even as we move upwards into the surface of life and experience the turbulence of the surface tides of life because there is that constant flow of moving from the depths of the truth to the surface expressions of the truth, which are highly colored but carry those seeds of the truth which lies deeply within us, and all is one, and all is Love. On June 23, 1985, Hatonn described how all is Love:

You are Love, and all is Love. This is the truth about who you are, this is the truth about who the Creator is, and this is the truth about your connection with the Creator. If you wish the storm, so you may learn of the Creator; if you wish peace, so better you may learn of the Creator. But Love speaks only to Love and tempest to tempest.”

Each of you may make that choice at any time—the tempest or the peace. Both are equally full of Love; one is intellectually distorted, the other distorted by the biases of compassion and unity. If you accept tempest into your mind or your heart, then you shall learn by the tempest, and it shall be a good learning, though hectic. If you accept the calm within the storm, then Love shall speak to you plain and clear. We urge you, my friends, to seek the calm within through the quiet of meditation and contemplation. What inspires you may not inspire another, what aids you in meditation may not aid another. Each is unique, and it does not matter how you attain those few moments each day of quiet. What matters is that you intend to rest in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator.

This instrument is suggesting that we cease speaking upon this particular topic so that we may use the remaining energy of this group and this instrument to inquire as to whether there is a desire to follow up on this query or to ask another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that we have exhausted the questions that this group has this evening. And so, we would thank you once again, our dear friends, for the privilege of sharing in your meditation and being a part of this session of working. Your circle of seeking is beautiful to behold, and your blended auras sing of the Love and the Light of which we have been speaking this evening. Thank you for allowing us to share in the love and affection that you have for each other and for the one infinite Creator. It is a blessing to be part of your circle. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought two flats of dianthus, six flats of zinnias, and two flats of garden impatiens. My second stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought some cat food for Benny and so AquaSafe for my pond water. My third stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought two containers of petunias.

This afternoon I transplanted the dianthus into the second small garden beside the Flower Fall Garden in my front yard. Then I transplanted the garden impatiens on the other side of the Flower Fall Mound. I also transplanted the two containers of petunias in the fourth pot at the northeast corner of the fishpond. Then I watered all the transplanted flowers with fertilizer in the water. Then I sprayed all the transplanted flowers with deer repellent.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 21

Lovers Before The Holy Spirit

I am of the principle of the full consciousness of Love and I greet you as the living Word of the most High.

Know ye that men and women alike are as lovers before the Holy Spirit, to be impregnated with the divine, that, within illusion, manifestation of the creative renewal of the infinite Love of Jesus the Christ may take place.

Sexuality is seen only as its gross aspect by most who live the earthly life. Yet there is enormous polarity betwixt the pilgrim and the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit is not nurturer alone but impregnator, that each pilgrim may be full of that which is born of the Spirit and not of flesh.

Know that you may carry the living Word, the Christed consciousness that was and is and always shall be with and in Jesus the Christ. And embrace, as lovers, that life-giving Love of the heavenly seeds within.

We leave you in the expectant peace of all who await the Spirit of the living Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 27, 2007:

The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with the indigo and violet rays. The instrument is about to embark upon writing a chapter in her Law of One 101 book  concerning the indigo and violet rays. From the Ra contact we have a good deal of information that describes the various qualities of these rays, and the instrument would like to ask you if there are any basic concepts or spiritual principles in relation to these indigo and violet rays about which you could speak that would give her additional insight into these rays as she writes about them.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. Thank you for calling us to join your circle of seeking. It is our pleasure and our privilege to do so. As always, we would ask that you employ your discrimination as you listen to our thoughts. Some of them will hit the mark, and some of them will go far astray from what you need personally. Savor and use those that hit the mark, my friends, and let the rest go. In this way we can be assured of not having an undue influence on you but only being in conversation with equals.

You ask this day about the indigo and the violet rays or energy centers of the energy body. Indeed, this is a very deep, almost bottomless, subject, and we are happy to share our thoughts on this subject. This instrument is in the process of looking for the keys to these two energy centers in that she wishes to retain the detailed discussion of these higher energy centers for another volume of this series that is being written. Therefore, there is the desire to move to the heart of the higher rays and in particular the indigo and the violet rays in the present volume.

Thevery heart of the function of these two rays has to do with who entities in third density are when they have been able to penetrate the surface of their lives and to move into the essence of their beings. You could consider yourself as a focal point or an interface in this regard. You have a physical body and a physical mind which ground you, more or less, into the world of the physical, third-density, consensus reality that you enjoy and in which you have your experiences and do your learning. Within you also is the one infinite Creator. In every cell of your body, in every vibration of your thoughts lives the one infinite Creator.

Yet, in terms of process, there is that sensation of needing to move from the outer world through the doorway into the inner world. Basically, you as entities are a living doorway, a living gate, an interface so that the one infinite Creator, in a far less distorted form than you can appreciate with your senses, can move in power into your life. Those known as Ra have described this function as being the gateway to intelligent infinity. In order to approach this gateway, much work has already been done. For it is impossible to enter the gateway of indigo ray until the entity has gathered the entirety and the wholeness of its integrated self into the heart and has done the work of forgiving and falling in love with this integrated self, with its many perceived faults. Therefore, we speak of those seekers who have achieved—either by gifts of the spirit or by a process of work in consciousness and the disciplining of the personality—the ability to yearn for and desire that essence of the one infinite Creator that can be pulled through that gateway and into the energy body which is interpenetrating the physical body, thereby bringing infinity and eternity into a finite environment.

The question for this session is: “the instrument would like to ask you if there are any basic concepts or spiritual principles in relation to these indigo and violet rays about which you could speak that would give her additional insight into these rays as she writes about them.” Q’uo began by saying we ask about the indigo and the violet ray energy centers of the energy body, and this is a deep subject, and they are happy to share their thoughts on this subject because Carla is in the process of looking for the keys to these two energy centers, and she wishes to retain the detailed discussion of these higher energy centers for another volume of this series that is being written, so there is her desire to move to the heart of the higher rays and in particular the indigo and the violet rays in the present volume.  Q’uo continued by saying the heart of the function of these two rays has to do with who we are in third density when we have been able to penetrate the surface of our lives and move into the essence of our beings, so we could consider our self as a focal point in this regard because we have a body and a mind which ground us into the world of the third-density consensus reality that we enjoy and in which we have our experiences and do our learning, and within us is the one infinite Creator in every cell of our body and every vibration of our thoughts. Q’uo went on to say in terms of process, there is the need to move from the outer world through the doorway into the inner world because we are a living doorway so the one infinite Creator, in a less distorted form than we can appreciate with our senses, can move in power into our life, and Ra described this function as being the gateway to intelligent infinity, and in order to approach this gateway, much work has already been done, for it is impossible to enter the gateway of indigo ray until we have gathered the entirety of our integrated self into the heart and have done the work of forgiving and falling in love with our self, with our faults, and Q’uo spoke of those seekers who have achieved—either by gifts of the spirit or by work in consciousness and the disciplining of the personality—the ability to desire that essence of the one infinite Creator that can be pulled through that gateway and into our energy body which is interpenetrating the physical body, thereby bringing infinity into a finite environment. On August 22, 1982, Latwii described the process of the disciplining of the personality:

It is possible for such an entity, through long practice of the disciplining of the personality, to gain what you call the control over these aspects of its deeper mind. This type of study is usually reserved for those who seek quite intensively upon the path of the evolution of mind, body, and spirit. Entities with such a determination and strength of will can indeed find such as would be required for this entity to obtain the control of its many randomly generated personalities.

Themodel of this activity is that of what is known in the Buddhist world as kundalini. You have the infinite Love and Light of the one Creator streaming through the chakra system from the bottom up, feeding it with an infinite supply of Light. This is the power and the energy with which you work in getting to know yourself, becoming friends with yourself, and working with all of the various aspects of physical life on Earth as you know it. In itself, it is a powerful and infinite energy. And yet, as the seeker begins to mature, he begins to have a yearning and a thirst for the immediate impact of divine Light. Therefore, as the seeker becomes more aware of the true nature of his desire, he begins to be able to focus that desire and to set an intention to ask for the highest and best. As the seeker does this on a continuing and intensifying basis, that gateway to intelligent infinity becomes clear. As that intensification persists, the gateway opens, and the Light of inspiration comes through to bless and fructify the fallow and waiting soul.

In the end you might see this expressing as a completed circuit. The bodily energy, having to do with incarnation and carefully enclosed within incarnation, is as the field that is planted and seeded and sown with this fructifying information-ridden Love everlasting that, unlike the energy that streams from the bottom of the energy body upwards, has pointed and articulated information in the silence of that inspiration. The energy coming through from the bottom of the chakras up is that energy which is yours to manipulate or distort, shall we say, in the ways that you find helpful, useful, and beautiful. The divine inspiration that you call through the gateway of intelligent infinity is as a massive information-rich fountain that permeates you at the point at which your desire to seek has matched your intention to seek from above, as it were.

There is in this process a kind of self-abnegation. There is the realization that the mind does not have enough words; the heart does not have enough tears; and the being that expresses on the conscious level does not have the capacity, in and of itself, to understand what it is getting through the gateway of intelligent infinity. Consequently, this work is done in a state of unknowing. That state of unknowing is usually achieved within your density only by a process of self-acceptance that can be lengthy. Self, as it expresses in waking consciousness, simply needs to be put to bed or moved away so that the self is empty and waiting. This is exquisitely difficult for most intelligent people to do. They have that unspoken assumption that their minds and their insights are going to be adequate to processing the information that comes through the gateway of intelligent infinity. However, this is not so. What comes forth from this hidden or non-verbal exchange of information is a shadow of the information itself. And yet, the process of making that connection through the gateway of intelligent infinity is akin to splitting the atom, so that even a shadow of that light illumines magnificently the inner landscape of the one who makes that connection.

Then Q’uo said the model of this activity is that known in the Buddhist world as kundalini, and we have the infinite Love and Light of the one Creator streaming through our chakra system from the bottom up, feeding it with an infinite supply of Light, and this is the energy with which we work in getting to know our self, and working with all of the aspects of physical life on Earth is in itself it is an infinite energy, but as the seeker begins to mature, we begin to have a yearning for the impact of divine Light, so as we become more aware of the true nature of our desire, we begin to be able to focus that desire and to set an intention to ask for the highest and best, so as we do this on an intensifying basis that gateway to intelligent infinity becomes clear, and as that intensification persists, the gateway opens, and the Light of inspiration comes through to bless and fructify our waiting soul. Q’uo went on to say in the end we might see this expressing as a completed circuit so that the bodily energy, having to do with our incarnation and carefully enclosed within our incarnation, is as the field that is seeded, and with this energy of Love everlasting that–unlike the energy that streams from the bottom of the energy body upwards–has articulated information in the silence of that inspiration, and the energy coming through from the bottom of the chakras up is that energy which is ours to manipulate in the ways that we find useful and beautiful, so the divine inspiration that we call through the gateway of intelligent infinity is as a massive information-rich fountain that permeates us at the point at which our desire to seek has matched our intention to seek from above. Now Q’uo said that  there is in this process a kind of rejecting of our self because we realize that our mind does not have enough words; our heart does not have enough tears; and our being that expresses on the conscious level does not have the capacity to understand what it is getting through the gateway of intelligent infinity, so this work is done in a state of unknowing which is usually achieved within our density by a process of self-acceptance that can be lengthy, so as our self expresses in waking consciousness, it needs to be moved away so that our self is empty, and this is difficult for most people to do because they have that unspoken assumption that their minds and their insights are going to be adequate to processing the information that comes through the gateway of intelligent infinity, but this is not so since what comes from this hidden exchange of information is a shadow of the information itself, yet the process of making that connection through the gateway of intelligent infinity is akin to splitting the atom, so that even a shadow of that Light illumines our inner landscape when we make that connection. On January 30, 2010, Q’uo described the gateway of intelligent infinity:

For others, bound in suffering, wracked by doubts, caught in the world of ten thousand things, there is an emptiness of self. The chalice is already ready to receive. And for such entities it is precious indeed to open the self in passive prayer. Some would call it mediation, and indeed the Buddhists would call it vipassana meditation. In this allowing of the self to be nothing and to float as the candle flame floats above the candle, self is revealed just as the candle reveals itself in the flame. It is an indigo-ray use of the gateway of intelligent infinity to ask for the self to be revealed to the self, for the self to feel its own radiance. And that flame comes down into the passive tallow of self and kindles the flame of truth so that the self becomes a chalice, holding the flame of Love. And gently, sweetly, that flame melts away the suffering and the difficulty and frees the caught soul that it may fly free into the Love of the open heart, into the Love of the Logos.

As you sit in meditation, visualize with us your energy body, with its rainbow of colors: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. The indigo and violet rays are at the brow and the crown of the head, the very tip of your physicality. Allow the Light and theLove of the one infinite Creator to flow through the bottoms of your feet, the base of your spine, and up your spine. Feel that energy kissing and moving through each chakra. Feel it pouring out the top of your head in a fountain of colored light. That is, light which is colored by your working with each of the chakra energies to bring them into your own unique balance. You can see that there is a circular spray, shall we say, of radiated light that moves from the top of your head in all directions.

Now, allow yourself to feel the essence of your desire. What do you desire? Those ready to work with the gateway to intelligent infinity will be saying something like, “I desire to seek the truth. I desire firsthand experience of the One. I seek to know in order to serve,” and sentiments of that basic nature which ask nothing for the self except to rest with the Beloved at last and practice the presence of the one infinite Creator. As you find that desire, my friends, begin to feel the energy within your third eye vibrate. Feel it come alive. Oh, sacred desire! It is vital to be passionate in your seeking. Then, imagine that contact, that moment when that desire is fructified by the inspiration which is focused only for you and adequate in every detail for all that you could ever wish to know or use in order to serve.

See your radiation begin to have weight. You are now not simply radiating out into a void, shall we say, or the area around your head. You have become a fountain. As the inspiration flows into that portion of your energy body it then bursts forth again, but with a weight, so that it is more like water than light in its behavior. It begins streaming in a beautiful circular, symmetrical fountain and coming back under you to catch up again with the energy of the earth, that Love and Light that comes into the body from the base of the chakras. You sit in the middle of a torus, shall we say, of created light that is your interface with all that there is. This is the essence of the indigo and the violet rays. Beyond all the techniques of the discipline of the personality, beyond any detail, skill, or technique, there is this one overriding essence of connection between energies that are different in a profound way, energies that, when put together, create of you a true and powerful lighthouse.

Now Q’uo said as we sit in meditation, visualize the energy body, with its rainbow of colors: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet, and the indigo and violet rays are at the brow and the crown of the head, the very tip of our physicality, and allow the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator to flow through the bottoms of our feet, the base of our spine, and up our spine, and feel that energy moving through each chakra, and feel it pouring out the top of our head in a fountain of colored Light, so that is Light which is colored by our working with each of the chakra energies to bring them into our unique balance, and we can see that there is a circular spray of radiated Light that moves from the top of our head in all directions. Q’uo went on to say that we should allow our self to feel the essence of our desire, and what do we desire? Then Q’uo said if we are ready to work with the gateway to intelligent infinity, we will be saying something like, “I desire to seek the truth. I desire firsthand experience of the One. I seek to know in order to serve,” and sentiments of that nature which ask nothing for the self except to rest with the Beloved at last and practice the presence of the one infinite Creator, and as we find that desire we can begin to feel the sacred energy within our third eye vibrate because it is vital to be passionate in our seeking, and then imagine that moment when that desire is fructified by the inspiration which is focused only for us and adequate for all that we could ever wish to know or use in order to serve. Q’uo continued by saying we can see our radiation begin to have weight since we are now not radiating out into the area around our head because we have become a fountain, and as the inspiration flows into that portion of our energy body it bursts forth again with a weight, so that it is more like water than light in its behavior, so it begins streaming in a beautiful circular fountain and comes back under us to catch up again with the energy of the Earth, that Love and Light that comes into our body from the base of the chakras, so we sit in the middle of a circle of created Light that is our interface with all that there is, and this is the essence of the indigo and the violet rays, and beyond all the techniques of the discipline of the personality there is this one overriding essence of connection between energies that are different in a profound way, energies that, when put together, create of us a true and powerful lighthouse. On May 20, 2005, Q’uo described how we all can become a powerful lighthouse:

When you observe a crystal or a gem, you are content simply to gaze upon its beauty. You can see the way the facets of the gem catch the Light, and you can see the beauty radiating from those points of Light and from the true colors evident in the gem or the crystal. You do not demand of the crystal that it do something but rather you behold its beauty and it, in its own way, changes you for having beheld it. This is the nature of your own being as well. You have come among the people of Earth to be, to breathe the air, to open your heart, and to gaze with love and compassion upon the world that you see before you in this moment. All that you are is gathered together in your heart and is radiating from you as the light within the lighthouse radiates out into the air, into the atmosphere, to greet all who come near it and enjoy the beauty of its radiance. The one known as Jesus the Christ said that it was a good thing for entities to allow their light to shine before humankind and not to hide it under a shade. Above all, my sister, we would encourage you to do just that: to let your light and your truth shine before all of those with whom you come in contact.

It is wonderful to be in the presence of an entity with an open heart. That glow, that radiation is so enjoyable to be near! One can always feel the presence of a truly loving heart. There is excellence there of the highest degree. Yet the energy of one who is making contact with intelligent infinity is as the wise man to the youth. The one known as Saint Paul said, “Now I see through a glass darkly; then I shall see face to face.” That is the difference. In both cases, may we ask, “Who is the ‘I’ who is radiating?” And you shall say to me, “It is ‘I’ myself. It is the person that I am.” This is the hardest part to perceive. In the case of the opened heart, there is a simple or simplistic degree of selfhood or ego which is an essential part of the radiating form, for it blesses the light that is radiating forth from your heart. It is a very personal thing, although it has great overtones of impersonality as the open heart makes contact with the presence of the infinite One.

Meditation through the gateway of intelligent infinity is impersonal. And so, the great work of indigo ray is to move the self, very gently, out of the way and allow only the essence of desire to express the selfhood of the seeker. We note from the query that the instrument has chosen to speak of these two energy centers together. And while we feel that there are obvious distinctions between the two in form and in function, we would agree with the instrument that this is a sound approach, for the two work so closely together, in terms of the function of penetrating the gateway to intelligent infinity, that it is not necessary to divide the study. Naturally, it is important, in terms of making a report of what this instrument calls Confederation principles and thought, to distinguish betwixt the two, for there is tremendous movement in indigo ray possible, whereas in violet ray there is a fixed nature to that energy. Yet, as the two work together, they function as that connection to all that there is which can make of a seemingly human entity a magical, powerful, impersonal servant of the Light.

This may be seen also to have its reflections in sexuality, and we would suggest that it is helpful to discuss sacred sexuality as being a part of the function of these two energy centers. The physical body is a wonderful instrument. We realize that it is a very delicate piece of machinery that is often distorted in various ways and in need of repair. And yet at the same time your bodies are wonderfully adequate to feel the most intense emotions and to sing the most heartfelt melodies of emotion. In the world of social intercourse, entities use words to connect with each other. And words always are inadequate to convey wholeness, because of their very nature. The body, on the other hand, in sexual intercourse, can communicate without words. It can make connections that can be felt or even seen by some entities as circuitry that is connected with the joining of the mated pair.  

Q’uo went on to say it is wonderful to be in the presence of an entity with an open heart because that glow is so enjoyable to be near, and we can always feel the presence of a loving heart since there is excellence there of the highest degree, yet the energy of one who is making contact with intelligent infinity is as the wise man to the youth, and that is the difference, and in both cases, may we ask: “Who is the ‘I’ who is radiating?” And you shall say to me, “It is ‘I’ myself. It is the person that I am.” Then Q’uo said this is the hardest part to perceive since in the case of the opened heart there is a simple degree of selfhood which is an essential part of the radiating form, for it blesses the Light that is radiating forth from our heart, and it is a personal thing, although it has overtones of impersonality as the open heart makes contact with the presence of the infinite One. Q’uo continued by saying meditation through the gateway of intelligent infinity is impersonal, so the work of indigo ray is to move our self, very gently, out of the way and allow the essence of our desire to express our selfhood, and Q’uo noted from the query that Carla has chosen to speak of these two energy centers together, and while they feel that there are distinctions between the two in form and in function, they would agree with Carla that this is a sound approach, for the two work closely together, in terms of the function of penetrating the gateway to intelligent infinity, but it is important, in terms of making a report of what Carla calls Confederation principles and thought, to distinguish between the two, for there is tremendous movement in indigo ray possible, whereas in violet ray there is a fixed nature to that energy but as the two work together, they function as that connection to all that there is which can make of a human entity a magical and impersonal servant of the Light. Now Q’uo said this may be seen also to have its reflections in sexuality, and they suggested that it is helpful to discuss sacred sexuality as being a part of the function of these two energy centers because our physical body is a wonderful instrument, and they realized that it is a delicate piece of machinery that is often in need of repair, yet at the same time our bodies are adequate to feel the intense emotions and to sing the most heartfelt melodies of emotion, and in the world of social intercourse, we use words to connect with each other even though words are inadequate to convey wholeness, because of their very nature, but the body in sexual intercourse can communicate without words by making connections that we can feel or even see as circuitry that is connected with the joining of the mated pair. On March 25, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the nature of sacred sexuality:

Consequently, when we speak of true energy exchange, we must consider that the energy between two people has moved a very long way from that beginning red-ray attraction which eventually initiates sexual congress. It has gone from lust to a personal relationship and then often to a legal relationship or a committed relationship which is mated. And then the couple has the opportunity to ask for the Creator Itself to enter the sexual relationship through the open heart.

And so the couple that wishes to express sacred sexuality and to become entities who serve in a certain way in the environment of planet Earth agree together, very consciously, to set forth on a journey together in which they woo each other with true affection and patience, in which they see the Creator in each other, and in which they feel the power of the Creator’s Love and the Creator’s Light. Each mate dedicates itself to loving the other unconditionally. This is green-ray affection, and it is at this point that the female orgasm becomes useful. There are more miles to go indeed in exploring sacred sexuality, but this is where it begins.

When true affection has been established in a sexual relationship, and when that sexuality has been dedicated to the Creator, to each other, and to planet Earth, then the path of progression, for a sexually maturing mated pair, is to spend a good deal of time working with the blue-ray energy of communication. Each entity that is involved in personal relationships and sexual relationships is an oddity, a one-of-a-kind item. That is why entities are so specific about whom they love. They become used to a certain flavor of being that this entity exudes or vibrates. And so, they prefer that entity’s company. Therefore, in communicating with each other, history is shared. The reasons for this quirk and that quirk become available, either because the mate understands herself or himself, or because you observe and become able to understand your mate all on your own. Every piece of intelligence that you have, then, you see, is a kind of piece of power, as this song today was suggesting, “a golden feather, a heart of stone”. What shall you do with this knowledge of each other? Shall you use it kindly, or shall you use it to make points the next time you become upset over a trifle?

When working with sexual energy, it is very important to realize that you are dealing with enormously powerful forces, and therefore, as you become more intimate with your partner, you need to become ever more careful, ever more affectionate, and ever more thoughtful about how you say things as well as what you say. For you have become a powerful person to your mate, and you wish to treat this mate with all the honor and respect that you would give to the Creator Himself or Herself.

And sexuality, of course, goes through all of the chakras from red right straight up through to violet. Each step along the way enhances sexuality. When the heart is penetrated by two entities who are in love not only with each other but with the Creator and Love itself, there begins to be possible an energy exchange that is most helpful to the mated pair as well as to the world around that mated pair. Again, there is the creation of fountains of energy because of that spark, that atom that is being split in the orgasm. When sexuality is a sacred, spiritual activity, that tremendous power is communicated with no words being remotely necessary, but the self becoming that powerhouse that just keeps radiating in fountains of articulated light.

When the mated pair reaches orgasm, regardless of what chakra from which the orgasm is expressing, it is recapitulating the steady state of the creation. It is experiencing the Love of the one infinite Creator in a way which it simply cannot deny. It is a wonderfully focusing thing to approach and go through an orgasm. When the mated pair determines to seek indigo and violet-ray sexuality, it opens a kind of communication with the divine that is otherwise unknown. What a blessing to have a way without words to experience and tabernacle with the one Creator!

We have found that many of your people have so many prejudices against sexuality that it is difficult for them to conceive of a truly sacred sexuality. If there is a desire to make sexuality holy, the tendency is for entities to withhold sexuality from themselves except under certain circumstances, such as deciding to conceive a child. Yet, it is our opinion that the metaphysical nature of sexuality is such that it is one of the most clear-cut and accessible ways to experience the divinity of the self; and yet not the self but the consciousness within the self that you are letting free from all masks and deceptions by the investment of sexuality with your attitude of honor and worship.

Q’uo continued by saying sexuality goes through all of the chakras from red through violet, and each step along the way enhances sexuality, so when the heart is penetrated by two entities who are in love not only with each other but with the Creator and Love itself, there is an energy exchange that is helpful to the mated pair as well as to the world around them, and there is the creation of fountains of energy because of that spark, that atom that is being split in the orgasm, so when sexuality is a sacred, spiritual activity, that power is communicated with no words being necessary, but our self becomes that powerhouse that keeps radiating in fountains of articulated Light. Then Q’uo said when the mated pair reaches orgasm, regardless of what chakra from which the orgasm is expressing, they are experiencing the Love of the one infinite Creator in a way which they cannot deny, and it is a wonderfully focusing thing to go through an orgasm, so when the mated pair determines to seek indigo and violet-ray sexuality, it opens a kind of communication with the Divine that is otherwise unknown, and what a blessing to have a way without words to tabernacle with the one Creator! Q’uo went on to say they have found many of our people have prejudices against sexuality, and that it is difficult for them to conceive of a sacred sexuality, but if there is a desire to make sexuality holy, the tendency is for entities to withhold sexuality from themselves except under certain circumstances, such as deciding to conceive a child, yet it is our opinion that the metaphysical nature of sexuality is such that it is one of the most accessible ways to experience the divinity of the self and the consciousness within the self that you are letting free from all masks and deceptions by the investment of sexuality with your attitude of honor and worship. On February 19, 1989, Hatonn spoke of the value of honor and worship:

Eventually, each spirit decides to seek a love that is greater than the love it has been able to manifest, that it may know it and thus manifest it. This is the true end of all ethical thinking and spiritual seeking. This is the true end of humankind—to learn well enough how to love that death from this illusion rises to life in a far more lovely and more challenging grade of study. You are here to make choices, and you are here specifically to make one central choice—to honor and worship the Creator within you and you within the Creator by serving others, moving towards unity of self with all others, moving toward peace, concern, and passionately held ideals, or controlling others for the good of the self, manipulating those about one and making choices which separate one from the loved ones, from the society.

Asyou deal with the indigo and violet rays, you are dealing more and more with things beyond words; with essences. And that is something for which spiritual seekers hunger. The process of moving into indigo and relishing it while you develop your ability to enjoy it is one of the blessings of a spiritually-oriented life, in our opinion. Those in higher densities also retain sacred sexuality and sacred social intercourse, although not in using the words but in sharing whole concepts with each other and collaborating to form group thoughts. And perhaps what we would leave you with as we leave this subject is the realization that we hope all of you may have: that you have the power to collaborate with the infinite Creator and with each other at this level.

Certainly, sexually speaking, the mated pair collaborates in the most dynamic of all possible ways to practice the Presence of infinite Love. But as you meet people who are doing the same sort of spiritual work as are you, and as you talk about that for which you thirst and hunger, you are creating collaboration through that contact point with intelligent infinity, and you are creating thought forms that then have an independence of existence.

You have spoken in this group about the creation of a new paradigm, and certainly this instrument is very focused on that creation of a new paradigm of living and being. Realize, when you have good conversations going between those of spiritual consanguinity, that you are creating changes in consciousness that will outlive the present moment and even your own lifetime. The opportunity for creating this paradigm is just as we have described for sexuality: conversation which achieves the penetration of the gateway. It is the thought that is focused when an intention is made to seek and to know this new paradigm. And then it is released into the emptiness of outer form so that it may reach the essence that fructifies your waking, everyday consciousness.

Q’uo said as we deal with the indigo and violet rays, we are dealing with essences, and that is something for which spiritual seekers hunger because the process of moving into indigo energies and relishing it while we develop our ability to enjoy it is one of the blessings of a spiritually-oriented life, and those in higher densities also retain sacred sexuality and sacred social intercourse, although not in using the words but in sharing whole concepts with each other and collaborating to form group thoughts so what Q’uo wanted to leave us with as they leave this subject is the realization that they hope all of us have the power to collaborate with the infinite Creator and with each other at this level. Q’uo went on to say, sexually speaking, the mated pair collaborates in the most dynamic of all possible ways to practice the Presence of infinite Love, but as we meet people who are doing the same sort of spiritual work, and as we talk about that for which we thirst, we are creating collaboration through that contact point with intelligent infinity, and we are creating thought forms that have an independence of existence. Q’uo completed their reply by saying we have spoken in this group about the creation of a new paradigm, and Carla is focused on that creation of a new paradigm of living and being, so when we have good conversations going between those of spiritual similarity that we are creating changes in consciousness that will outlive the present moment and even our lifetime, so the opportunity for creating this paradigm is just as Q’uo has described for sexuality: conversation which achieves the penetration of the gateway, and it is the thought that is focused when an intention is made to seek and to know this new paradigm, and then it is released into the emptiness of outer form so that it may reach the essence that fructifies our waking consciousness. On December 19, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the new paradigm:

We ask you who wish to serve at this time to look to your own self-awareness and self-knowledge and to be aware and trust completely in the fact that you are part of a web of Love. Your work has been effective because you have chosen the very difficult path of working in groups. The energy of the group and the energy of groups of such groups is now that which is challenged to undertake what this instrument has called a new paradigm.

What is that new paradigm, you may ask. But it is not for us to answer the question. It is for you. It is certainly not building upon anything that has been seen before, for the old ways have failed. Yet there stirs within the hearts of so many the sure and absolute knowledge that there is a way to create harmony, power, and balance once again at the dusk and the evening of third density. This instrument is fond of saying that she likes to leave a room tidy when she leaves it, as good as it was when she came into it or perhaps even better. That is your work at this time.

You are those who stand as guardians and anchors of Light, holding that bridge open, and, by your vibrations and your thoughts, radiating the Love and the Light of the infinite Creator with your own coloration out into the ambient atmosphere. You are an agent of infection. You are infecting people with the highest and the best of your love. Witness your opportunity to offer your love. You will find, as you attempt to do this, that there is resistance down every path. This is inevitable and ever more inevitable at this fairly radical and extreme point at the end of your cycle that you are now experiencing.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

We would say to the instrument that we feel that she will be fully able to discuss the various techniques of these rays, especially the indigo ray. We do not feel that we need to comment further on those details. And thusly, for this particular time, we have offered you what we hope will be helpful at this juncture. Before we leave this instrument we would open the meeting to any questions that might be on the minds of those present. Is there another query at this time?

[Long pause.]

As there are no further queries from this group at this time, we will take our leave of this instrument and this group. It has truly been a pleasure to share our thoughts with you and to be a part of your sacred circle. Thank you for the beauty of your vibrations and the sweetness of your interactions, one with another. What a privilege we feel, my friends, to be a part of this! We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran a couple of errands with my first stop at Paul’ Fruit Market where I bought some petunias, some deer repellant, and some food for myself. Then I stopped in at Walgreen’s Drug Store and bought some Kleenex.

This afternoon I went outside and transplanted one tray of dianthus in one of the small gardens around the Flower Fall Garden in front of my home. Then I transplanted two trays of garden impatiens in one of the gardens on the other side of the Flower Fall Mound. Then I went over to the fishpond and transplanted the petunias into the four containers around the fish pond. Then I watered all of the transplanted flowers with water that had fertilizer in it. Then I sprayed all of the transplanted flowers with deer repellant. Then I pumped out enough water from the fishpond that the fountain was able to flow at its normal height.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 20

The Heritage Of Christ

I am of the principle of the full consciousness of Love.

Once, many years ago, a man you call Jesus walked upon the dry soil of his native land. The reality of an incarnation is such that at times it may blind those who follow such an incarnation of Christhood to the eternal and immutable consciousness of Christ which was carried within that incarnation, but which is available always for those who seek this consciousness.

It is not an illusion or a delusion to seek the consciousness of Christ. Focusing upon the incarnation of Jesus the Christ is a tool and a resource, a blessing and a gift.

However, the very air that you breathe carries the consciousness of Christhood.

Know that you are channels of the consciousness of Christ and, insofar as you may give yourself over entirely to that consciousness, others shall see Christ through you.

For are you not also the sons and daughters of humankind? Do you not also share the heritage which Jesus offered for all? We encourage you to refrain from despair in focusing upon the incarnation of Jesus and contrasting it with your own consciousness.

Peace be with you as you create new life by your consciousness, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 13, 2007:

Jim: Our question tonight, Q’uo, has to do with how we, as seekers, can deal with adversity. Our third-density illusion has the purpose, it seems, of providing us catalyst, and by using this catalyst we hopefully can grow into greater understanding of our place in the universe and of how to be of service. Sometimes, though, the catalyst is either too much, or we feel like we’re getting burned out, or it’s boringly repetitive, and we’re getting tired of doing the work, or for some reason, we just feel discouraged and could use some words of inspiration, something perhaps other than, “Well, remember that you’re all one,” or “Persevere, persevere.” Is there some way that you could recommend that we could look at the concept of catalyst that seems to be a bit much and overwhelming as we deal with it in our daily round of activities?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. It is indeed a pleasure and a privilege to be called to your circle of seeking, and we thank you for the honor. We are glad to speak to you on the subject of difficult times and attempt to share inspiration with you. But first, as always, we would ask that each of you be discriminating in that which you choose to take away from our conversation, for we are not authorities over you and would not wish to influence you unduly. Please follow the path of resonance in your own thoughts and trust your judgment. If you may do this for us, then we may share our thoughts much more freely, being unhindered by the concern that we may have for infringement upon your free will otherwise. We thank you for this consideration, my friends. It makes us smile that you ask us to offer words of inspiration. The concept is somewhat foreign to us in that our experience of life in every breath is inspirational, if you would call it that. We are in the fortunate position of having no veil that hides from us the infinite inspiration of the moment.

We find in the mind of this instrument the story of the disciples of Jesus the Christ. It is a story told about him and the disciples at a time after he had gone through the crucifixion and had arisen. The disciples had seen him several times before, but it was while they were still in Jerusalem. Now, sad and weary but wanting to go on with the great work which He had left them to do, the disciples decided to travel about and offer the information that Jesus had left with them and also to offer themselves as healers in the name of Jesus the Christ.

They were walking along the dusty road to a town called Emmaus. Part way through the day they were joined by a stranger who joined their conversation. Soon the stranger was offering them thoughts upon the scriptures which they were discussing that seemed most inspiring. It was not until later, when they had stopped for the evening, prepared a fire, and were cooking fish to eat for their supper, that they became aware that this stranger was the risen Lord, Jesus the Christ, among them and speaking with them as if He were still alive, earthly and with them in flesh as well as spirit. To us, this is a perfect example of inspiration in that the inspiration was with them and unrecognized for a considerable length of time. It was only in the relaxation and perhaps the weariness that heralded their evening meal and the end of the day that their rational minds let go and released them from the limitations of logical thought. In that state alone did they finally recognize their beloved teacher and savior.

Inspiration walks with you, just as the one known as Jesus, the Christ, on the road to Emmaus. Like the disciples and the apostles, it is quite common for you not to recognize or in any way be aware of this Companion of your every thought, word and action. The one known as Jesus said also, “I am with you until the end of the age.” The Holy Spirit and tongues of fire leapt upon the disciples’ heads and the message was the same: “I am with you.” “Send forth your Spirit, says the prayer, and I shall be created, and you shall renew the face of the earth.”

The group question for this session was: “Is there some way that you could recommend that we could look at the concept of catalyst that seems to be a bit much and overwhelming as we deal with it in our daily round of activities?” Q’uo began by saying we find in the mind of Carla the story of the disciples of Jesus the Christ, and it is a story told about Him and the disciples at a time after He had gone through the crucifixion and had arisen, and the disciples had seen Him several times before, but it was while they were still in Jerusalem, but now, sad and weary but wanting to go on with the great work which He had left them to do, the disciples decided to travel about and offer the information that Jesus had left with them and also to offer themselves as healers in the name of Jesus the Christ. Q’uo went on to say they were walking along the road to a town called Emmaus, and part way through the day they were joined by a stranger who joined their conversation, and the stranger was offering them thoughts upon the scriptures which they were discussing that seemed inspiring, but it was not until later, when they had stopped for the evening, and were cooking fish to eat for their supper, that they became aware that this stranger was the risen Lord, Jesus the Christ, among them and speaking with them as if He were still alive, earthly, and with them in flesh as well as spirit, and this is an example of inspiration in that was with them and unrecognized for a considerable length of time, and it was only in the relaxation and the weariness that began their evening meal, and the end of the day that their rational minds let go and released them from the limitations of logical thought that it was in that state that they finally recognized their beloved teacher and savior. Now Q’uo said inspiration walks with you, just as Jesus, the Christ, on the road to Emmaus, and like the disciples, it is common for you not to be aware of this Companion of your every thought, word, and action, so Jesus said: “I am with you until the end of the age.” And then the Holy Spirit and tongues of fire leapt upon the disciples’ heads and the message was the same: “I am with you.” “Send forth your Spirit, says the prayer, and I shall be created, and you shall renew the face of the earth.” On April 3, 2005, Q’uo spoke of how the tongues of fire can descend upon us:

How the heart opens, given such an opportunity! And when you have formed the intention of becoming part of a circle of seeking, something happens to the way in which you listen to each other. It is as if, like a shaggy dog, you have shaken yourself off and all of the thoughts and feelings that have been clogging the system have been released. Your energy system clears. Your mind sharpens. And your heart feels at home at last within you. Light begins to gather. It is not Light from without you, it is Light from within you. The power within you, that has been slumbering, awakens, and you minister to each other. Love that is beyond words flows from every fiber of your being as you listen to each other. Even if you cannot say one word, your heart is radiating the infinite Love and Light that lies within you. Tongues of fire, as this instrument would describe the action of Spirit, pour down upon you as your heart goes out, literally, to each other’s spoken and unspoken feelings and thoughts. And within this potentiated space and time, peace descends, that peace which, indeed, passeth all understanding, and power flows, and sparkles, and dances as each cares for each.

Can you move away from this Companion of every moment? No, my friends, you cannot. Physically speaking, you can climb the highest mountain or plunge into the depths of the sea, and your Companion, unconditional Love, shall still be with you. In a metaphysical sense, can any toxic emotion drive away the beloved from your side? No. The beloved presence is with you always in every hour and every moment, day and night, relentlessly, eternally, loving, loving, loving. There is, as the one known as R would say, a glitch, a catch, to this infinite supply of unconditional Love, and that is the veil of forgetting that divides your mind, so that it becomes preoccupied with that which you can see with your senses, hear, feel, taste, and touch. You cannot smell the infinite One as He walks beside you. He is intangible, invisible and usually unheard. Yet unconditional Love is your Companion, has been your Companion, and shall be your Companion.

Love is an inextricable part of your nature. It is your founding father and your nursing mother. It is the child at your knee. Any way that speaks to you personally of perfect companionship, that is the nature of your Companion. You may think of this Companion as Jesus, the Christ. You may think of this Companion, as does this instrument, as the Holy Spirit. You may think of this Companion in a structure which we have given you many times before, which is that of a guidance system. You may think of this Companion as your unseen guru, whose love and affection for you outlasts death, so that even if your teacher is no longer incarnate in flesh, yet still he is the angel on your shoulder and the Companion of every move, every thought, and every word.

How to remember that you are companioned by Love is often a great challenge in this atmosphere of heavily veiled experience. Perhaps the slanting rays of sunshine on a beautiful day may give you that hint that reminds you that you are in full contact with Love. Perhaps the blessed sound of rain when all has been dust, and the rain is needed offers you that chance to recall that you are not alone. But one cannot depend upon a sunny day or a blessed rainfall. Perhaps a beloved face, your mate, your friend, or your teacher reminds you that love walks with you in every step. But you cannot depend upon the presence of a particular person. In some ways the mechanics of helping yourself to remember that you are practicing the presence of the one infinite Creator seems so very mechanical that it does not seem possible that such mechanical actions could possibly have the results for which you hope.

Then Q’uo said physically speaking, we can climb the highest mountain or plunge into the depths of the sea, and our Companion, unconditional Love, shall still be with us, and in a metaphysical sense, the beloved presence is with us always in every moment, day and night, eternally, loving, so there is a catch to this infinite supply of unconditional Love, and that is the veil of forgetting that divides our mind so that it becomes preoccupied with that which we can see with our senses, but we cannot smell the infinite One as He walks beside us, and He is intangible, invisible, and usually unheard, yet unconditional Love is our Companion, has been our Companion, and shall be our Companion. Q’uo continued by saying Love is an inseprable part of our nature, our founding father, our nursing mother, and it is the child at our knee, and any way that speaks to us of companionship is the nature of our Companion, so we may think of this Companion as Jesus the Christ, as the Holy Spirit, or we may think of this Companion in a structure which Q’uo has given us many times before, which is that of a guidance system, or we may think of this Companion as our unseen guru, whose Love for us outlasts death, so that even if our teacher is no longer incarnate in flesh, he is the angel on our shoulder and the Companion of every move, every thought, and every word. Q’uo went on to say how to remember that we are companioned by Love is often a challenge in this atmosphere of veiled experience, but the rays of sunshine on a beautiful day may give us that hint that reminds us that we are in contact with Love, and the sound of rain when all has been dust offers us that chance to recall that we are not alone, but we cannot depend upon a sunny day or a blessed rainfall, so our mate, our friend, or our teacher reminds us that Love walks with us in every step, but we cannot depend upon the presence of a particular person, and in some ways the mechanics of helping our self to remember that we are practicing the presence of the one infinite Creator seems so mechanical that it does not seem possible that such mechanical actions could possibly have the results for which we hope. On January 15, 1995, Hatonn shared the importance of practicing the presence of the Creator:

We do encourage each student to muse often within that sacred tabernacle within, to sit mentally and emotionally down within that holy ground of being, where lies truth and eternal things; to sit with bare attention, knowing that silence which speaks of the mighty presence that is both Creator and creation. For these are moments out of time, out of space, and rather eternal and infinite. These moments of practicing the presence of the Creator may be keyed according to your individual needs and circumstances. This instrument has often used the ringing of the telephone or the sounding of a bell, heard from a neighboring church, to remind the self to turn to offering thanksgiving and praise. This reminder aids and in each life experience there is a structure of habitual use of time, wherein there are predictable moments, which might be best laid aside for a quick visit to eternity. This does not have to be formal or long. Indeed, it can be, if you choose, most frequent.

This instrument is a singer and when she is producing music through her vocal instrument, her thoughts are very often on the mechanics of producing sound and tone. If she speaks the vowel, “e,” you will find her in a broad smile because that lifts that vowel into the facial mask and creates a more pure sound. She has to remember to phrase the tones that she produces so that it is not a mechanical or rote expression of praise, thanksgiving, or prayer that she offers, but rather is musical, with the rising and falling cadences of beautiful speech. Sometimes it seems that an entire performance may go by without this instrument’s experiencing the gestalt that the choir of which she is a part is producing for those who listen. And yet because of these mechanical-seeming techniques, the instrument is able to maximize her contribution to the beauty of the music sung by her choir.

It is in this wise that we encourage you to go through the mechanical rituals which are the resources of those who wish to break through the veil, as the one known as Jim said, to “break on through to the other side.” Friends, you live in two worlds simultaneously. One world is that world in which you become discouraged and feel that your work is in vain. The other world is a world of vibration, color and texture. It is a world of Light without the heavy forms of the physical illusion. You are a citizen of both worlds equally. It often seems that there is a choice to make as to whether to live in one world or the other—the world of form or the world of vibration and light. It is our humble opinion, however, that it is not necessary to choose. What is needed by the spiritual seeker who wishes to access the joy, the aliveness, and the unconditional Love of the world of Light is a dedication to the techniques involved in unifying those two worlds.

The seeker begins by realizing that there is another world, a world far more beautiful, real, and profound than the everyday world of form. That is the time of awakening, and it brings to the seeker a hunger and a thirst for Light and Love. The seeker wants to find out just how to live in that world. So, the seeker begins to meditate or to contemplate. And this is an excellent thing. At the same time, it creates within the conscious and rational mind a sense of separation between the person that you are when you are not meditating and the person that you are when you are meditating. It is often the work of many years of moving into the silence and the meditation and coming back out of it into the everyday world before the seeker becomes aware in a moment that the everyday world is permeated and imbued with the Companion. Everyday things are saturated with the Love of the Beloved. There is no nook or cranny within your mind, or your emotions, and your fears that is not drenched and marinated in Love. 

Now Q’uo said Carla is a singer, and when she is producing music through her vocal instrument, her thoughts are often on the mechanics of producing tones, so if she speaks the vowel, “e,” you will find her in a smile because that lifts that vowel into the facial mask and creates a pure sound, and she has to remember to phrase the tones that she produces so that it is not a mechanical expression of praise, thanksgiving, or prayer that she offers, but it is musical with the rising and falling rhythms of speech, and sometimes it seems that an entire performance may go by without her experiencing the gestalt that the choir of which she is a part is producing for those who listen, and because of these mechanical-seeming techniques, she is able to maximize her contribution to the beauty of the music sung by her choir. Q’uo encouraged us to go through the mechanical rituals which are the resources of those who wish to break through the veil since we live in two worlds simultaneously, and one world is that world in which we become discouraged and feel that our work is in vain, and the other world is a world of vibration, and a world of Light without the heavy forms of the physical illusion, and we are a citizen of both worlds equally, so it often seems that there is a choice to make as to whether to live the world of form or the world of vibration and light, and Q’uo said in their opinion it is not necessary to choose because what is needed by the spiritual seeker who wishes to access the joy and the unconditional Love of the world of Light is a dedication to the techniques involved in unifying those two worlds. Q’uo continued by saying the seeker begins by realizing that there is another world more beautiful and profound than the everyday world of form, and that is the time of awakening, and it brings us a hunger for Light and Love, and we want to find out how to live in that world, so we begin to meditate or contemplate, and this is an excellent thing because it creates within our conscious mind a sense of separation between the person that we are when we are not meditating and the person that we are when we are meditating, and it is often the work of many years of moving into the meditation and coming back out of it into the everyday world before we become aware in a moment that the everyday world is imbued with the Companion, and everyday things are saturated with the Love of the Beloved, so there is no nook or cranny within our mind, or our emotions, and our fears that is not marinated in Love. On February 18, 1987, Q’uo spoke of the value of meditation:

The intention of the meditation we find to be the most important quality that one may bring to the meditative state. To intend to meditate and to offer the self as a receptive instrument to the instreamings of Love and Light that are possible to perceive in a meditative state and to do this upon a regular basis we find to be most helpful, indeed. It is also helpful to find a time of the day which may be utilized, a regular time and a place which is used for this purpose, and to use the place for the purpose of meditation and for no other purpose is also a manner in which a place may be invested with intentions and a practice of meditation. To choose a time which is full of the quietness is helpful as well, and it is usually recommended that the spine be kept vertical so that the instreamings of Love and Light, or the prana, as it may be called, may find an easy entry into the energy centers, or chakras, as you may call them.

With these general parameters in mind, one may then adapt one’s own desires and inclinations in a manner which feels comfortable to the instrument or to the one meditating so that the meditative state may allow the entity to be nourished in the most efficacious manner possible.

This is so in an unalterable and irresistible way because at the heart of every cell of your body is the one infinite Creator, and that Creator has a nature. That nature is Love. When your heart beats, it beats Love. When you breath in, you breath in Love. When you breathe out, you breathe out Love. I have spoken to you many times about the discipline of the personality. It is this discipline of which we speak now again, for the only barrier between your rational and conscious mind that so limits you and creates for you the deadliness of sameness and ennui is the rational mind’s basic assumption that that which it beholds is the sum of that which there is. There are as many ways to help trigger your remembrance of the Beloved that walks beside you and holds your hand and comforts you as there are entities who seek the one infinite Creator.

Wecannot create for you the perfect mnemonic. Each person’s memory will be jogged by a different mnemonic. Recently we suggested to the one known as R that he wear a bracelet with the word “remember” etched upon it so that each time in his work as a technical expert that he looked down upon his hands on the computer he would see that word and remember who he is, and why he has brought himself to this particular moment at this particular time. This instrument was speaking in the round-robin discussion that precedes the seeking through meditation of this particular group about loving everything that she does, and we would comment upon that, for the statement that this instrument made, though she is not aware of it, is not a statement that is literally true. There are many things that she does within her day which she does not, with her rational and conscious mind, love. Indeed, she must encourage herself and even goad herself into taking care of many of the details of her day.

Yet her statement was true insofar as it was her honest and sincere experience. Yet this is not because of the work. Friends, it is never because of work that you find your joy. It is because you have accessed or remembered that you walk with a beloved Companion whose name is unconditional Love. It is because you have remembered who you truly are and why you chose to be here now. We would offer each seeker the assurance that, no matter how dreary life may seem at this particular time, everything in your life is moving just as it should. For you are receiving those experiences which you carefully planned before your incarnation began. No matter how dark or seemingly difficult the moment, it comes with gifts in its hands. The writer of Ecclesiastics said long ago that there is nothing new under the sun. Did this wise entity write those words out of despair? We do not believe so. We believe that this entity wrote those words to pierce the veil. If nothing under the sun is new, then even that which is new to you at one particular time will inevitably be repeated and repeated.

Q’uo went on to say this is so in an unalterable way because at the heart of every cell of our body is the one infinite Creator that has the nature of Love, and when our heart beats, it beats Love, and when we breathe in, we breath in Love, and when we breathe out, we breathe out Love, so Q’uo said they have spoken to us about the discipline of the personality, for the only barrier between our rational and conscious mind that limits us and creates the deadliness of sameness and fatigue is our rational mind’s basic assumption that that which it beholds is the sum of that which there is, but there are as many ways to help trigger our remembrance of the Beloved that walks beside us and comforts us as there are entities who seek the one infinite Creator. Then Q’uo said they cannot create for us the perfect aid for our memory because each person’s memory will be jogged by a different aid, and they suggested that R wear a bracelet with the word “remember” etched upon it so that each time in his work as a technical expert that he looked down upon his hands on the computer he would see that word and remember who he is, and why he has brought himself to this particular moment at this particular time, and when Carla was speaking in the round-robin discussion that precedes the meditation of this particular group about loving everything that she does, Q’uo said this is not a statement that is literally true because there are many things that she does within her day which she does not love,  so she must encourage herself to take care of many of the details of her day. Q’uo continued by saying her statement was true insofar as it was her honest experience, yet this is not because of her work because it is never because of work that we find our joy, but it is because we have accessed that we walk with a beloved Companion whose name is unconditional Love, and it is because we have remembered who we are and why we chose to be here now, and no matter how dreary life may seem at this time, everything in our life is moving just as it should, for we are receiving those experiences which we planned before our incarnation, so no matter how dark the moment, it comes with gifts in its hands, and the writer of Ecclesiastics said that there is nothing new under the sun, and he wrote those words to pierce the veil since if nothing under the sun is new, then even that which is new to us at one time will be repeated. On September 25, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the value of piercing the veil:

The challenge, you see, of third density is moving from chaos into mystery; from the scrabbling to know, to own, to have, to be, into the relaxation of allowing yourself to be who you are; to move beyond the surface of life.

You, my friends are deep-sea divers. You are not satisfied to skitter across the ocean of life like a dragonfly. You dive deep, and you seek the highest and best truth you can find. And eventually you pierce the veil of otherness and begin to feel the threads of the commonality about which the one known as F was speaking, that lie behind the shapes of judgment.

This unity is for all of you. And yet it does not keep you from being an individual. Every choice you have made in every incarnation goes into the personality you chose for this incarnation.

Were you to leave the type of work that you do in order to receive the money that pays your bills, as this instrument would say, and were you to find something that is exciting and new to you, within a matter of days or weeks, months at the very most, your new occupation would seem repetitive and wearisome, and you would think fondly of the possibility of lifting away from these responsibilities and of, as the one known as R said, having just two days in which nothing whatsoever was related to that which this entity does in order to earn his daily bread.

One cannot change things around in the world of form and thereby come into one’s joy. One cannot change one’s circumstances and thereby arrive at a sense of peace and contentment. In seeking otherness, one ultimately finds that every gift one has opened becomes old; every wine, once tasted, becomes stale; every luxury, once repeated sufficiently, pales to nothing. In the world of form there is no escape from weariness and ennui, and this, the writer of Ecclesiastes knew. When you seek for inspiration, do not seek far, for the inspiration is walking beside you. It is filling your heart. It is the air breathing in and the air breathing out of your lungs. It is the pounding of your blood. It is the rustling of every dry leaf and the song of every bird.

Itis not because all is one that these voices speak to you. It is because you are a larger self than you can possibly be aware until you ask for that awareness to become open to you. There in your workplace is that which speaks to you of the Companion. Would it interest you to know that in every key of the computer there is a spirit sitting upon it, laughing and sharing with you the joy of being used, of serving, and of being a part of that dance which you and your computer keys are doing? Would it make a difference if you could see the angel that is sitting on the edge of your wastebasket or resting, literally, upon your shoulder or placing its head upon your knee, so happy is it to be in your presence?

We speak to you of consciousness that has so many facets and so many levels that there is nothing that is not inspirited. Who lives your life? Who sees through your eyes? Who hears through your ears? Who is it that is you? The request for inspiration when looking at mundane things comes down to the heart of who you are. Perhaps mechanics are involved in allowing consciousness itself to live your life instead of your personality shell. Yet, my friends, those seemingly mechanical actions and rituals of remembrance and recall yield fruit as you begin to be aware that you truly are practicing the presence of the one infinite Creator in every mood, in every situation, in every moment. There is glory all around you and within you. Open to it, and let joy become your experience.

Q’uo continued by saying if we were to leave the work that we do in order to receive the money that pays our bills, and were we to find something that is exciting and new, within a matter of time our new occupation would seem repetitive, and we would think of the possibility of leaving these responsibilities and of having just two days in which nothing whatsoever was related to earn our daily bread. Then Q’uo said we cannot change things around in the world of form and come into our joy or arrive at a sense of peace, and in seeking otherness, we find that every gift we have opened becomes old, and every luxury, once repeated, pales to nothing because in the world of form there is no escape from weariness, and when we seek for inspiration–do not seek far–for the inspiration is walking beside us, filling our heart, and it is the air breathing in and the air breathing out of our lungs, and it is the rustling of every dry leaf and the song of every bird. Q’uo went on to say it is not because all is one that these voices speak to us, but it is because we are a larger self than we can possibly be aware of until we ask for that awareness to become open to us, so there in our workplace is that which speaks to us of the Companion, and in every key of the computer there is a spirit sitting upon it, laughing and sharing with us the joy of serving, and of being a part of that dance which we and our computer keys are doing, and there is an angel sitting on the edge of our wastebasket or resting upon our shoulder because it is happy to be in our presence. Then Q’uo said that they speak to us of consciousness that has so many levels that there is nothing that is not inspirited, and we ask: “Who lives our life? Who sees through our eyes? Who hears through our ears? Who is it that we are?” Now Q’uo said the request for inspiration when looking at mundane things comes down to the heart of who we are, and perhaps mechanics are involved in allowing consciousness to live our life instead of our personality shell, but those mechanical rituals of remembrance yield fruit as we begin to be aware that we are practicing the presence of the one infinite Creator in every mood, in every situation, in every moment, and there is glory all around us and within us, so we can open to it, and let joy become our experience. On February 6, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of our personality shell:

When we use the phrase, personality shell, the attempt to measure the personality is not present in our use of that word. To us, the term, personality shell, is indicative of a loose collection of items that have been selected from the 360 degrees of your infinite or eternal soul or spirit. You have experienced many things through many incarnations. You have gained in life experiences and in the long list of deeds well-done and those deeds which upon reflection after incarnation you have decided to revisit in future incarnations. These make up the whole of what we have before called that suitcase full of gifts and limitations which you have chosen as your garments, shall we say, for the dressing of your personality in this incarnation.

We are aware that a good deal of the angst which entities feel occurs when they are in a position of working at work that seems to them to be of no great service to others. Then this question truly intrudes and becomes almost an obsession, because there is that enormous desire to serve others. That desire is also spiked and pushed by one’s own observation of others who seem to be of more service than you, because of having been born with or having developed more gifts of the spirit, more ways to serve. Yet if your work here upon your sphere of Earth was intended to have to do with outer gifts, then you should have received them. If you do not perceive within yourself the outer gifts that are so obvious in musicians and poets, then your gift here, your purpose here, your mission at this time, is not to sing, or to write, but to be.

That which shall assist you most in cleansing yourself of that feeling of sameness is the ability to release the mind. Certainly, many among your people have done this by artificial means. Perhaps they drink an intoxicating beverage. Perhaps they ingest the smoke of some mind-altering substance, or they ingest food that creates an alternate reality. We are not suggesting outer substances as a solution for one who chafes under the sameness of the work-a-day world. We are suggesting that that very work-a-day world is full of angels and spirits and guidance and the Beloved.

It is the peculiar nature of those who live with that veil of forgetting that the very last thing that is thought of is faith. Faith is your stoutest ally in becoming re-inspired. Faith is the spiritual breath of life. And sometimes you need resuscitation, spiritually speaking. The great and fortunate thing about faith as a tool and a resource for the seeker is that you do not have to do it well. You do not have to “believe,” as it were. You have only to claim it and say, “I have faith,” and suddenly your eyes open and you can see that the comrade beside you on the road to Emmaus is none other than love itself.

Q’uo continued by saying they are aware that a good deal of the angst which we feel occurs when we are in a position of working at work that seems to us to be not of service to others, and then this question becomes an obsession because there is that desire to serve others, and that desire is pushed by our observation of others who seem to be of more service than we are because of having been born with more ways to serve, yet if our work here upon our Earth was intended to have to do with outer gifts, then we should have received them, but if we do not perceive within our self the outer gifts that are so in musicians and poets, then our purpose here is not to sing, or to write, but to be. Q’uo went on to say that which shall assist us in cleansing our self of that feeling of sameness is the ability to release our mind, and many among our people have done this by artificial means of drinking an intoxicating beverage, or they ingest food that creates an alternate reality, but Q’uo was not suggesting outer substances as a solution for one who chafes under the sameness of the work-a-day world, but they are suggesting that that very work-a-day world is full of angels and the Beloved. Q’uo completed their reply by saying it is the peculiar nature of those who live with that veil of forgetting that the last thing that is thought of is faith because faith is the spiritual breath of life, and sometimes we need resuscitation, spiritually speaking, so the great thing about faith as a resource for the seeker is that we do not have to do it well, and we have only to claim it and say, “I have faith,” and suddenly our eyes open, and we can see that the comrade beside us on the road to Emmaus is none other than Love itself. On September 10, 2000, Q’uo described the nature of faith:

The trust of which you speak in relation to faith is not only in one’s feelings but the feeling that despite that which one sees and experiences that one knows that all is well, that one knows that all will be well, that what is occurring at any moment is appropriate and may be learned from in an effective manner which enhances the evolutionary journey. Each entity along this journey will have those times of doubt, of trial, of confusion, of feeling lost, of feeling alone. All of these and many more experiences are those which test one’s character, which offer one kind of lesson or another. There are as many kinds of learning as there are entities to learn. However, in each experience and for each entity, if one can uncover that feeling of faith within and let it be the north star, the Polaris of the self, then one may move without fear and accept whatever is the daily round of activities as they come to one. For an entity that is filled with faith, there is no challenge too great. For any entity without faith, all challenges feel too great. Faith is that which one develops by wishing to develop faith. If one feels faith is lacking in the life pattern, begin to investigate the qualities of faith, the nature of faith, and begin to act as though you have faith, and faith will come to you. Moreover, faith will come through you, for faith is like love. It is a basic quality of this and all creations. If one can begin to exercise the quality of faith it is much like your physical muscle. It will grow in strength and ability.

We are those of Q’uo, and thank you for this query, my brother. May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query at this time?

Jim: Not for me.

We are those of Q’uo, and would then ask if there is another query that we may answer at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and are again with this instrument. We grasp that we have exhausted the queries in this circle of seeking at this time. We would say a word or two before we leave you, for we do perceive that there is that hunger and that thirst within this circle this evening. There is a yearning too deep for words to break through to a bright and joyful land where the beauty of life creates meaning all its own.

We would that we could share with you on a steady-state basis our perception of life itself as a miraculous and utterly incandescently beautiful thing, a treasure, precious and rare. We cannot. We can say the words and always we can share with you our Love. And you have but to ask for us mentally and we shall be with you, surrounding you and bathing you in our Love. Yet that which comes from the outside, as it were, is never the answer to a spiritual seeker. It is when that which blossoms in the heart then blooms up through all the senses and out into the world that you behold with new eyes.

Remember to relax and release your conscious, rational, fact-driven mind whenever you feel depressed and discouraged by the sameness and the repetitiveness of everyday life. Within the folds of that repetition lie infinite in newness and infinite, sharp pleasure. Open, allow, and it shall come. For it is within you, waiting for you to release the strictures of your rational mind.

This instrument was told by a friend who was a missionary that they were working terribly hard at a hospital which they had founded in a very backward and primitive area. There literally were not hours enough in a day to do that which they felt desperately needed to be done. Each evening they would fall onto their cots exhausted and wondering how they could arise the next morning and do it again. One of them, this instrument’s friend, got the idea to arise even earlier and spend the time in prayer. It was this entity’s testimony that this decision completely renewed and revitalized their lives. Suddenly the sun shown brighter, the rain smelled sweeter, the hours flew more gracefully and graciously, and everything felt different. Yet they were doing precisely the same things and meeting the same difficult challenges that they had been meeting before.

The difference was time set aside within an intense desire to see deeper; to see with the eyes of the heart; to experience as the beloved Companion experiences. We commend to you whatever you may do that will help you to combine the worlds of form and spirit, so that you are never without a keen and present awareness of the power of Love. We leave you in that Love and that Light. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I pumped half of the water out of the fishpond, and while the water was pumping out I fertilized the water lilies and trimmed off the daffodil stalks on all side of the fishpond and put them in a garbage can. While the water was refilling I decided to use my big mower, Venus, and mow the grass between the fishpond and the pet cemetery. After the fishpond was full of water I added AquaSafe to neutralize the chlorine in the water. Then I made a trip over to the Providence Care Home in southern Indiana to visit Connie. I read her the eulogy that I wrote for Carla’s funeral, and then I showed her some pictures of the flowers and bushes in my yard that are in bloom or which I have recently planted. We finished our visit with a meditation.

This afternoon I went to Thieneman’s Nursery and bought two flats of garden impatiens, two flats of dianthus, and one flat of snapdragons. I got the snap dragons and one flat of dianthus transplanted next to the Flower Fall Mound. Then I watered all of the plants with water that contained fertilizer, and then I sprayed all of them with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 19

Be Still And Adore

I am of the consciousness of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in that full consciousness of Love.

Be still!

Be still, each soul which seeks within and without for that stranger that you would identify as mystery.

Be still, each portal of sense and every shadow of pleasure and pain.

Be still! Let all come to rest, to kneel and adore. Let the self become a zero; a heavenly nothing. For only in the zero lies the infinity which then may fill the infinite space within which has been opened to the infinity without.

It is not by striving but by still surrender that the pilgrim of Earth shall know the place where he has been all the time.

We leave you in peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 6, 2007:

Jim: The question this week comes from our beginning discussion of Stonehenge and its original purpose, thinking that it has something to do with seasons. We were thinking about the seasons of the seeker. Are there seasons in seeking? Most people start out very much on fire and very excited about seeking and read a lot, and meditate a lot, and do all kinds of things, and then it kind of reduces in intensity, and the seeking becomes more of a normal kind of thing, a day-by-day thing. So, we referred back to the sessions with Ra where Don’s question was:

It seems to me that the primary thing of importance for those on the service-to-others path is the development of an attitude which I can only describe as a vibration. This attitude would be developed through meditation, ritual, and the developing appreciation for the creation or Creator which results in a state of mind that can only be expressed by me as an increase in vibration or oneness with all. Could you expand and correct that statement?

And then Ra said:

We shall not correct this statement but shall expand upon it by suggesting that to those qualities you may add the living day by day and moment by moment, for the true adept lives more and more as it is.

And in the following session, Don said:

You made the statement in a previous session that the true adept lives more and more as it is. Will you explain and expand more upon that statement?

And Ra said:

Each entity is the Creator. The entity, as it becomes more and more conscious of itself, gradually comes to the turning point at which it determines to seek either in service to others or in service to self. The seeker becomes the adept when it has balanced with minimal adequacy the energy centers red, orange, yellow, and blue with the addition of the green for the positive, thus moving into indigo work.

The adept then begins to do less of the preliminary or outer work, having to do with function, and begins to affect the inner work which has to do with being. As the adept becomes a more and more consciously crystallized entity it gradually manifests more and more of that which it always has been since before time; that is, the one infinite Creator.

So, we would like Q’uo to talk to us about these seasons or cycles of seeking and what we can expect as we continue to seek.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. We thank you for creating this circle of seeking and for asking for us to join you and to offer our humble thoughts. As always, my friends, we would ask that you employ your discrimination in listening to what we have to say, and if a thought that we offer does not resonate to you, please leave it behind. In this way we can feel comfortable in knowing that we are not infringing upon your free will or interfering with the process of your evolution of mind, body, and spirit. We thank you for this consideration.

Wewould start our discussion with observing the affection of the cat that is in the instrument’s lap at this time and purring loudly because it appreciates the energies of the meditation. Indeed, as the one known as Jim reads from the words of the entity known as Ra, there is a vibration or an essence that is more and more, for the maturing spiritual seeker, the identity of that seeker. That vibration is who he is, and many things affect that vibratory rate from moment to moment, from day to day and from season to season. The seasons of your planet are more than simply those shifting zones of temperature, humidity, and weather. They represent the flow of constant repositioning of the forces that impinge upon your planet from the stars near and far, from the moon, and from your sun especially. Let us look at these seasonal cycles first.

Theculture of those who dwell in cities and who have heated homes in the winter, and cooled homes in the summer, and who work in air conditioned offices for a living can easily disregard the passage of the seasons. They do not affect him overmuch. He is protected by the civilization and the comforts of that civilization. Yet the body, both the physical body and the energy body being components of that energy system, is preternaturally aware on a subconscious level, far from the conscious mind, of these shifting seasons and these shifting arrangements of energy that are impinging upon him and upon his body as the seasons roll around from fall to winter, from winter to spring, from spring to summer and from summer to fall.

The equinoxes, one of which you have experienced recently—that is, the fall equinox—offer to you a time of balance. They are the year’s equivalent of twilight and dawning, that time when one set of nature spirits and weather spirits, shall we say, are going to sleep and another set are waking up. It is a very magical time. Therefore, it is a good idea to cooperate with the fall equinox and the spring equinox by noting its passing and allowing the self some extra time to rest and reflect upon that which has passed since spring, and then in the spring to reflect upon that which has passed during the long night of winter. You are a voyager upon a journey that is affected by that “weather of the spheres,” shall we say, that your heavenly bodies, your stars and star systems, your planets and especially your moon offer you. The equinoxes are times to reflect on those. And another good opportunity at equinox is to welcome the energies that are coming in. It is helpful to recognize and greet the incoming energies.

So, we would like Q’uo to talk to us about these seasons or cycles of seeking and what we can expect as we continue to seek. Q’uo began by saying they would start their discussion by observing the affection of the cat that is in the instrument’s lap at this time and purring loudly because it appreciates the energies of the meditation, and as Jim reads from the words of Ra, there is an essence that is more the identity of that spiritual seeker, and that vibration is who we are, and many things affect that vibratory rate from moment to moment, from day to day, and from season to season, and the seasons of our planet are more than shifting zones of temperature, humidity, and weather because they represent the flow of constant repositioning of the forces that impinge upon our planet from the stars near and far, from the moon, and from our sun especially, so let us look at these seasonal cycles first. Then Q’uo said the culture of those who dwell in cities and have heated homes in the winter, and cooled homes in the summer, and who work in air conditioned offices for a living can disregard the passage of the seasons because they do not affect us much since we are protected by the comforts of that civilization, yet both our physical body and our energy body being components of that energy system, are aware on a subconscious level of these shifting seasons that are impinging upon us and upon our body as the seasons roll around from fall to winter, from winter to spring, from spring to summer, and from summer to fall. Q’uo continued by saying the equinoxes offer to us a time of balance since they are the year’s equivalent of twilight and dawning, that time when one set of nature spirits and weather spirits are going to sleep and another set is waking up, and it is a magical time, so it is a good idea to cooperate with the fall equinox and the spring equinox by noting their passing and allowing our self time to reflect upon that which has passed since spring, and then in the spring to reflect upon that which has passed during the long night of winter since we are a voyager upon a journey that is affected by that “weather of the spheres,” that our heavenly bodies, our star systems, our planets, and our moon offer us, so the equinoxes are times to reflect on those, and another good opportunity at equinox is to welcome the energies that are coming in. On November 17, 1991, Q’uo speaks of the nature of the heavenly bodies in the study of astrology:

Astrology offers one way of learning more about the deeper mind, or what we have called the archetypical mind. It is a complex and detail-driven technology, if you will, the system of ephemeral, mathematical constructs having to do with configurations of heavenly bodies. To the student who wishes to probe more deeply within the self, to become more and more familiar with those uncharted regions of the self represented by the marker in consciousness which you could call sub-awareness, there is this sub-awareness that the deeper studies at this crux may be those which have fruitful results. On this level, let us say, the awareness of specific and personal detail is not that which we speak of at this time, but rather the archetypical mind finds explication by the relationships of heavenly bodies to each other and to this planetary sphere upon which you presently enjoy incarnation. At this level much deep awareness can be encouraged by immersion in that complex set of relationships of star to star, and star to the system of star and planets which you call home.

Theapproach of winter brings outer evidence of an altered environment, cold temperatures, precipitation being snow and sleet instead of rain. There is less and less light as one enters into the depths of this long winter’s night. And these energies are to be welcomed. It is a good time to take stock as a spiritual seeker of what the daylight has brought through the warm months, to give thanks for those lessons and to settle and seat them in the deep mind, appreciated, honored, and respected. The summer solstice and the winter solstice, on the other hand, are times of power, times of epiphany and insight. At winter equinox one is resting at the very nadir of light. The hours of darkness have completed their march, and your beloved planet Earth is at its farthest from the sun. This is the time to set the intentions, to move into the caves and the depths of your being. This is the time to ask the darkness to envelop and cover the seeds that are the fruit of your past work and to set your intention to embrace those, fertilizing and fructifying those energies of darkness that are needed to incubate and nurture those seeds of intent.

It is at this winter equinox that that great figure of Light, the one known as Jesus the Christ, enters the world. So, you may behold yourself wrapped in a cradle of darkness and wrapped also in your firm intent to nurture the infant soul within you. It is a time when it is very easy to slip the bonds of life for those that are marginally living as the darkness descends. It becomes easier to let those tenuous bonds that hold one to life go. This is the cause of there being many elderly entities, especially, who choose the winter months to enter the gates of larger life and leave the world of Earth behind. This particular group has had a practice at the winter solstice of setting the bonfire and giving to the dark all of those things that they would wish to be gone from their world—poverty, illness, anger, and war and all of those difficult and intransigent energies of violence and greed. And this is a good practice, we feel. It is good to mark these points within your cycle of the year and cooperate as fully as you can with the special energies of those times.

The spring equinox is also a time of deep reflection, a time when one is saying goodbye to the night and hello to the dawning of a new planetary day, that long day of spring, and summer, and early fall when the energies begin to manifest, bursting forth from the seeds which you have planted in the darkness of winter. In each density of your planet there is that changing of the guard. In the unseen realms this is just as true as in your everyday world. Powers upon powers, spirits upon spirits in the unseen worlds dance their dance and leave at the appointed time, making way for those entities of the new time. And so it is in spring. As the darkness dies, the energies of fertilization and nurturing and deep intent give way to the welcoming of the light and a readiness to be stewards of the energies within oneself which are coming into bloom.

Then Q’uo said the approach of winter brings outer evidence of an altered environment, cold temperatures, precipitation being snow and sleet instead of rain, and there is less light as we enter into the depths of long winter’s nights, and these energies are to be welcomed because it is a time to take stock as a spiritual seeker of what the daylight has brought through the warm months, to give thanks for lessons, and to seat them in our deep mind honored and respected, but the summer solstice and the winter solstice are times of power and epiphany, so at winter equinox we are resting at the least of light, and the hours of darkness have completed their march, and our Earth is at its farthest from the sun, so this is the time to set our intentions, to move into the depths of our being, and this is the time to ask the darkness to cover the seeds that are the fruit of our past work and to set our intention to embrace those fructifying energies of darkness that are needed to nurture those seeds of intent. Q’uo went on to say it is at this winter equinox that the great figure of Light, Jesus the Christ, enters the world, so we may behold our self wrapped in a cradle of darkness in our intent to nurture the infant soul within us, and it is a time when it is easy to slip the bonds of life for those that are marginally living as the darkness descends because it becomes easier to let those bonds that hold us to life go, and this is the cause of there being many elderly entities who choose the winter months to enter the gates of larger life and leave the world of Earth behind, and this group has a practice at the winter solstice of setting the bonfire and giving to the dark all of those things that they would wish to be gone from their world: poverty, illness, anger, and war and all of those difficult energies of violence and greed, and this is a good practice to mark these points within our cycle of the year and cooperate with the special energies of these times. Q’uo continued by saying the spring equinox is a time of reflection, a time when we are saying goodbye to the night and hello to the dawning of a new day, that long day of spring, summer, and early fall when the energies begin to burst forth from the seeds which we have planted in the darkness of winter, and in each density of our planet there is that changing of the guard, and in the unseen realms this is as true as in our everyday world where powers upon powers, spirits upon spirits in the unseen worlds dance their dance and leave at the appointed time, making way for those entities of the new time, and so it is in spring as the darkness dies, the energies of nurturing and intent give way to the welcoming of the Light and a readiness to be stewards of the energies within our self which are coming into bloom. On September 11, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the unseen worlds:

As this instrument was saying before the meditation, when one is willing to see the self as an instrument that can receive and send out thoughts, one discovers that one can put oneself in progressively focused states in which the focus is not in the physical but in the metaphysical world. The focus upon vibration itself is especially apt to bring one into a state in which one is very vulnerable to vibration.

There are many, many aspects to this study of that which there is to pick up from the physical universe which holds and nests within its atoms, shall we say, the entirety of all the unseen worlds. Therefore, there is an enormous population of those who would wish to communicate with those who are sensitive and can pick up that signal that is coming through. This instrument recalls the one known as Willie Nelson who said that he never had to make up a melody. He would just pick one out of the air because they were singing all the time.

Itis no mistake that Lent occurs in the Christian year at this time of the year, nor is it surprising that many a housekeeper chooses spring to clean house, top to bottom and make everything new and fresh again. For the time of manifestation has begun. Summer’s heat coaxes bloom and fruit from the slumbering earth in all the glory of spring, and summer bursts into being. On an inner level as well, warm weather is the time for realizing the fruits of those growing seeds within you. It is an active time, not as the one R was saying, a “rushing” time, but an active time, a time of intensity and brightness. The entities who aided those of your peoples to create that calendric structure known as Stonehenge collaborated in this effort because of the great magical potential for cooperating with the seasons.

We would recommend for those who would like to blend more and cooperate more skillfully with these seasonal ebbs and flows, that reading be done in the area of natural magic. Sometimes this is called “Wicca.” It is neither a positive nor negative kind of magic. It is not a polarized magic but rather a unified system of awarenesses having to do with what energies ebb and flow, not only at the equinoxes and the solstices but at the halfway point between equinox and solstice and solstice and equinox. And indeed, there are those sensitive entities who have investigated even further refinements, offering suggestions for each of the stations along the planetary year.

Another cycle that can be used by the spiritual seeker is the cycle of the moon. This is subtle work and yet it is well done, for the moon’s influence is as the influence upon the ocean. There are tides within your body that ebb and flow according to the new moon and the full moon. It is skillful at the new moon to plant new ideas, and set certain intentions that you wish to set or to reexamine intentions that you have previously set. At the full of the moon, on the other hand, it is well to rejoice and open and allow those emotions that are within you that are linked to spirit to express themselves, not with a hectic excitement, but with a passionate equanimity. Seasons for a spiritual seeker are not necessarily totally coincidental with the seasons of the year, for there are deep rhythms within a seeker’s life that are expressed throughout an entire incarnation. Each entity will have its own long rhythms of creation, manifestation and rest. Many have written about the various stages of life, seeing the tiny child grow and swell into an entity in its full state of youth and health and vigor, then seeing that entity complete the circle, dwindling down into that second childhood which ends in death.

Now Q’uo said it is no mistake that Lent occurs in the Christian year at this time of the year, nor is it surprising that many housekeepers choose spring to clean house and make everything fresh again, for the time of manifestation has begun, and summer’s heat coaxes bloom and fruit from the sleeping Earth in all the glory of spring, and summer bursts into being, and on an inner level, warm weather is the time for realizing the fruits of growing seeds within us because it is an active time of intensity and brightness, and the entities who aided those of our people to create that structure known as Stonehenge joined in this effort because of the magical potential for cooperating with the seasons. Q’uo went on to say we would recommend for those who would like to blend more skillfully with these seasonal ebbs and flows, that reading be done in the area of natural magic, called “Wicca,” which is neither a positive nor negative kind of magic but a unified system of awarenesses having to do with what energies ebb and flow, not only at the equinoxes and the solstices,  but at the halfway point between equinox and solstice and solstice and equinox, and there are sensitive entities who have investigated even further refinements, offering suggestions for each of the stations along the planetary year. Q’uo continued by saying another cycle that can be used by the spiritual seeker is the cycle of the moon, and  this is subtle work, for the moon’s influence is as the influence upon the ocean, so there are tides within our body that ebb and flow according to the new moon and the full moon, and it is skillful at the new moon to set certain intentions or to reexamine intentions that we have previously set, but at the full moon it is well to rejoice and allow those emotions that are within us that are linked to spirit to express themselves with a passionate equanimity because seasons for a spiritual seeker are not totally coincidental with the seasons of the year, for there are deep rhythms within a seeker’s life that are expressed throughout an incarnation, so each of us will have our rhythms of creation, manifestation, and rest, and many have written about the stages of life, seeing the child grow into an entity in its full state of youth and health and then seeing that entity complete the circle which ends in death of the body. On January 3, 1993, Q’uo described the value of the deep rhythms of our consciousness:

Now, in seeking the Creator we so often assume that, of course, we accept that we are children under the one great original Creator’s care. However, in the day to day experience this seeming unconditional acceptance is refused and ignored by the thoughts of doubting the goodness of a destiny which would so bombard you with difficult situations and emotions. Once you have seen this portion of your attitude come into focus, that is a simple and profound faith in the system of learning lessons in your density. Then you may choose wisely how you may approach the sense impressions which make up the daily experience. If all things are good but often unknown, then it is with eager interest and positive hopes that one would take up every new thing that came forward to the sinecure of attention.

Yet this remains not so, because the nature of one who is cut off from the processes of the deep mind cannot stay consciously at all times in the deep rhythms of existence. The feeling of being lost on the sea of troubles is quite literally cut off from the sea of consciousness in which all that is separate comes into one unified stem or root, and is ultimately lost in the mystery of Godhead. So, persistently you shall, even though affirming the goodness of all experience and affirming the goodness of your lessons, come up again and again against the outrageous, unacceptable, painful experiences which, by subtle or bold means, shake your comfort apart and force you to deal not only with the situation but with your own feelings about that situation.

You see, you can know that all is well and know that everything is for you to learn, but this does not keep the unruly emotions of a deeply sensitive being which has been cut off from the resting place of eternity from feeling many, many painful things, and seemingly having to feel them in the darkness of solitude, whether it be total solitude or simply the deep loneliness of inner solitude. You cannot expect any attitude whatsoever to buffer you from feeling emotions. This, we feel, is where your query was aimed. We hope you can see that all we said before stands as the foundation upon which we can talk about having attitudes.

Within this incarnation’s long cycle, there are sub-cycles wherein various learnings are begun, executed, and completed. At the end of those times there may be seen to be feelings of part of the self slipping away or dying away and another part of the self coming into bloom. This instrument is aware of those who feel that these cycles are in terms of seven years, yet we would say that this is not a strict truth. Rather, it is true that for each entity there are cycles that take many years to complete. And while this cycle is going on, from the inside of the cycle the experience is that this is the self and this shall be the self for all of the life long. Yet indeed this is not so. If you reflect back on various portions of your life you shall see that you have indeed gained so much from previous cycles that you have been transformed by them. We would perhaps call these cycles of learning and growth those which end with the dark night of the soul and then which spring into new life with the revelation and epiphany that the dawning after that dark night brings.

There is another type of cycle that affects the spiritual seeker, and that has to do with the placement of the self within this time of shift. There are repeated convergences of energies that signal and herald degrees of interpenetration of the new age with the old age, the fourth density with the third density. These are very powerful times for spiritual seekers because the incoming fourth-density energy is an energy of transparency to truth. You may have noticed that various aspects of your shadow side have been mirrored to you in these last few years and that this effect is continuing and intensifying. We can only encourage you to cooperate with these intense waves of energy as they sweep through your energy body and your awareness. These are magical times for those who wish to craft for themselves an ever more solid awareness of who they are.

Q’uo continued by saying within this incarnation’s cycle, there are sub-cycles where learnings are begun and completed, and at the end of those times there may be seen to be feelings of part of our self dying away and another part of our self coming into bloom, and Carla is aware of those who feel that these cycles are in terms of seven years, but Q’uo said this is not a strict truth, but it is true that for each of us there are cycles that take years to complete, so while this cycle is going on, from the inside of the cycle, the experience is that this is our self for all of the life long, yet this is not so, and if we reflect on various portions of our life we shall see that we have gained much from previous cycles, and we have been transformed by them, so Q’uo called these cycles of learning and growth those which end with the dark night of the soul, and then which spring into new life with the revelation that the dawning after that dark night brings. Now Q’uo said there is another type of cycle that affects the spiritual seeker, and that has to do with the placement of our self within this time of shift, and there are repeated convergences of energies that signal degrees of blending of the fourth density with the third density, so these are powerful times for spiritual seekers because the incoming fourth-density energy is an energy of transparency to truth, and we may have noticed that various aspects of our shadow side have been mirrored to us in these last few years, and this effect is intensifying, so Q’uo encouraged us to cooperate with these waves of energy as they sweep through our energy body and our awareness because these are magical times for those of us who wish to craft a solid awareness of who we are. On May 25, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the nature of fourth density energy:

Entities shall move into early fourth density no matter what happens to your sphere as the density changes, and they will repair the planet with the planet’s cooperation. Indeed many entities even now are repairing their little bit of the planetary surface by loving and talking to the Earth, by cooperating with what this instrument would call nature deities or divas, by relating to the surroundings of self with the understanding that all things are alive, all things work in rhythm and in harmony, and all things except those sunk in the mire of third-density forgetting not only love each other but know that they are one. In this atmosphere, the possibilities of becoming a powerful, magical person are great, and as the time sharpens the focus right unto the moment of birth of fourth density, there is in effect a fourth-density energy that is now as real upon your sphere as the third-density energy. It shows up within the physical world only by creating anomalous effects in terms of physics’ sub-atomic particles, but it shows up within the inner life of that wonderful multilayered being that each of you is in a much more clear and obvious way, as the interpenetration of the two densities becomes such that it is much easier for nature, or for the forces of coincidence, to work in order to bring things to your attention which you have asked to be brought to your attention. That is why, in the midst of such challenging times, such times of transformation and change, yet still each of you has had the feeling of entities helping along the way, unseen hands giving a boost and angelic guidance coming through unexpected and unusual means.

It may seem that these energies are inimical. Certainly, there is discomfort at times in seeing the shadow side of yourself in a new way and perhaps for the first time. There is, however, no stigma in having a shadow side. There is no embarrassment or shame in finding that your armor of light is not seamless. You may with calmness observe the uncomfortable truths that may face you as you take in these energies of light and truth. We encourage you never to judge yourself but only to love yourself ever more fully as you understand yourself, ever more fully.

We would address that portion of the question that has to do with becoming an entity which is focused in being rather than in doing, in essence rather than in form. Friends, each portion of your physical reality has a form, yet it also has an essence. Every piece of earth, every flower, and every human being is both form and essence. Your outer culture naturally has to do for the most part with form and manifestation. It is not your outer culture’s habit even to investigate the essence that lies within the forms. To the spiritual seeker, forms shall never satisfy. There is always hunger after essence; the essence of yourself, the essence of the creation around you, the essence of who the Creator is. The portion of you that is involved with forms is also involved with those mental and emotional forms or masks that you may call the ego or the personality shell.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

There is a great deal that one can do on that surface level to live more skillfully and much more in cooperation with the environment about you. It is to some extent at this level that you will use the seasons. Yet the influence of the seasons moves into essence as well as form, just as you as a creature move into essence as well as form. As you approach spiritual maturity, you begin to release portions of your surface self. You find parts of your personality shell dropping back or even falling away. And in the place of that personality, you will find an awareness that is deep within you, that is impersonal in nature and that partakes more and more of essence. This movement from form to essence, from personality to impersonality, from the thinking mind to consciousness is the meat and drink of spiritual seeking. At the heart of each of you there is an identity. You are one with each other, and with all that there is. You share in common the same consciousness that is the Creator’s consciousness. It is imbued with and of the nature of unconditional love.

One of the most powerful experiences for any spiritual seeker is to be able to move through the lower chakras into the open heart and from there into indigo and then violet and then the gateway to intelligent infinity. As the seeker does this, he becomes the Creator. Yet, my friends, we would not say that this is the goal of spiritual seeking. Rather we would say that your aim as a spiritual seeker is to become able to move from form to essence and back to form and back to essence, in an ever more flowing and harmonious manner, neither scorning the surface of things nor becoming overly enamored of the higher states of meditation and awareness. Your goal as a spiritual seeker is to find where your heart truly lies in terms of polarity. Shall you serve the light or shall you serve the darkness? When you have made that choice, then you have the rest of your incarnation before you as an environment in which to practice being that entity which is a servant and becoming ever more comfortable in that polarity, so that gradually, over time, you become truly balanced. The dance moves through many cycles and yet always within you, at the heart, is that point of infinite stillness in which essence is all and love rings out to the farthest reaches of the infinite creation.

Q’uo went on to say it may seem that these energies are difficult, and there is discomfort in seeing the shadow side of our self in a new way, but there is no stigma in having a shadow side or shame in finding that our armor of light is not seamless, so we may observe the uncomfortable truths that may face us as we take in these energies of light and truth, so Q’uo encouraged us never to judge our self but only to love our self as we understand our self more fully. Then Q’uo said they would address that portion of the question that has to do with becoming an entity which is focused on being rather than on doing, and each portion of our physical reality has a form, yet it also has an essence, and every piece of earth, every flower, and every human being is both form and essence since our outer culture has to do with form and manifestation, but it is not our outer culture’s habit to investigate the essence that lies within the forms, and as a spiritual seeker forms shall never satisfy us because there is always our hunger after the essence of our self, the essence of the creation around us, and the essence of who the Creator is, so the portion of us that is involved with forms is also involved with mental and emotional forms that we may call the personality shell. Q’uo continued by saying there is a great deal that we can do on that surface level to live more in cooperation with the environment about us, and it is at this level that we will use the seasons, yet the influence of the seasons moves into essence as well as form, just as we move into essence as well as form, and as we approach spiritual maturity, we begin to release portions of our surface self, so we find parts of our personality shell falling away, and in the place of that personality, we will find an awareness that is deep within us that is impersonal and that partakes more of essence, and this movement from form to essence, and from our thinking mind to our consciousness, is the meat and drink of spiritual seeking because at the heart of each of us there is an identity of being one with each other, and with all that there is, and we share the same consciousness that is the Creator’s consciousness which is nature of unconditional Love. Q’uo completed their reply by saying one of the most powerful experiences for any spiritual seeker is to be able to move through the lower chakras into the open heart and from there into indigo, and then violet, and then the gateway to intelligent infinity, and as we do this we become the Creator, but Q’uo would not say that this is the goal of spiritual seeking, but they would say that our aim as a spiritual seeker is to become able to move from form to essence and back to form and back to essence, in an harmonious manner, neither scorning the surface of things nor becoming overly enamored of the higher states of awareness since our goal as a spiritual seeker is to find where our heart lies in terms of polarity by deciding if we will serve the light or serve the darkness, and when we have made that choice, then we have the rest of our incarnation as an environment in which to practice being a servant and becoming more comfortable in that polarity, so that we become balanced because the dance moves through many cycles, yet always within us is that point of infinite stillness in which essence is all, and love rings out to the farthest reaches of the infinite creation. On September 26, 2009, Q’uo said how we can better serve the light:

However, in another sense, it is almost antithetically the case that temptations are not distractions from the path. Temptations are the path. There is virtue in becoming eager to meet catalyst or to greet temptation because it is in those moments that you are able to do the work of learning that you came to do. It is in those moments of challenge that you are able to declare yourself as an entity of service to others, an entity that wishes to serve the light and that wishes to be an instrument for love and peace. Without the catalyst, without the temptations, those fine moments would not come, and you would not gain a sense of yourself nearly as quickly within incarnation.

Therefore, we encourage each to develop an appetite for catalyst and temptation, not because it is fun to go through the tempering of the personality so that the personality becomes a magical one, but because this is the way in which you, as a seeker, are able to advance and accelerate the pace of your spiritual evolution.

We thank those of this group for creating such an interesting question. It has been our pleasure to contemplate various facets of it, for it indeed is a large question and could be probed from many different angles. Before we ask if there are other questions, we would ask if there is a follow-up to this main question. We are those of Q’uo.

[Inaudible]

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that this theme has been exhausted for the evening. In that case, my friends, we would ask if there is another query that is upon your mind at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: [inaudible]

We are those of Q’uo, and find that this instrument would like us to speak to some extent about communication. Recently this instrument completed a chapter in a book she is writing about the issues of the blue-ray energy center, the throat chakra, which is all about communication. This instrument was surprised to find that it was harder for her to write about communication than about any other portion of the energy body. She decided that it was perhaps because she has always been a natural communicator, and so she went back to the work itself upon which she was giving a report—that is, the Confederation material such as that which is being generated at this session of working—and read and studied the Confederation messages about the blue-ray chakra.

Yet what this sparked in her was an awareness that she had not before had. That awareness was how tenuous and vulnerable open communication is to emotions such as hurt feelings and misunderstandings. Her query was to ask us if we could offer some spiritual principles that would enable her to be more skillful in communicating, especially when there were undercurrents and riptides below the surface of communication. We would acknowledge that many times that communication is layered. There is the voice that is speaking the words that are being used, which represents one level of communication which speaks to the logical and rational mind. Yet also, no matter how skillful the words or how well put the sentiments, there are many unspoken layers to communication which do not yield to the logical and rational mind. This is due to the fact that there are emotions and feelings concerning the words that create layers of either helpful awareness or unhelpful resistance to the words that are being spoken.

Carla wanted Q’uo to speak about communication, so Q’uo said recently Carla completed a chapter in a book she is writing about the issues of the blue-ray energy center which is about communication, and she was surprised to find that it was harder for her to write about communication than about any other portion of the energy body, and she decided that it was because she has always been a natural communicator, so she went back to the work upon which she was giving a report—that is, the Confederation material such as that which is being generated at this session of working—and studied the Confederation messages about the blue-ray chakra. Then Q’uo said what this sparked in her was an awareness that she had not before had which was how vulnerable open communication is to emotions such as hurt feelings, so her query was to ask us if we could offer some spiritual principles that would enable her to be more skillful in communicating, especially when there were confusions below the surface of communication, and Q’uo acknowledged that many times that communication is layered so that there is the voice that is speaking the words that are being used, which represents one level of communication which speaks to the logical and rational mind, but no matter how skillful the words there are many unspoken layers to communication which do not yield to the rational mind, and this is due to the fact that there are emotions concerning the words that create layers of either helpful awareness or unhelpful resistance to the words that are being spoken. On April 17, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the value of open communication:

Once you have faced yourself squarely in the mirror of the other, sitting together in the lap of the Creator, surrounded with arms of Love, tickled by the beard of the Almighty, blessed upon the breast of the Mother, loved at last for all that you are, then at last you are free to begin what is sometimes a lengthy process but a joyful one. And that is the moving on from the open heart to the articulated heart. That is what this entity would describe as the energy of the blue ray or the throat chakra. Once you have begun the process of open communication with another, you find that miraculously that which used to divide you now begins to unite you. You find that the truth which seemed before to beat you down and to make you feel less now blesses, and redeems, and heals, and clears the way for you to be.

We could make a couple of suggestions for those times when one is caught upon a moment where one becomes aware that there are unseen elements to the communication, and yet this has confused and muddled the communicative energies that are moving between those two or three that are communicating. Firstly, it is well to remember that you speak with a great deal more than your voice. Each of you has body language which communicates on a level which is below thought. Yet other entities will receive the communication of your body: how you hold it, whether there is tension in it, whether emotions are within you that are causing your facial muscles to change your appearance. It is well to acknowledge those levels of communication and to honor them and if possible to address them within the self.

Secondly, it is helpful to remember that intent is everything, both in the self as it communicates and in the other self as it responds, or in the other self as it communicates and the self as it responds. The same words can be said with various intentions. Therefore we would say, “Look you to your intention!” Is your intention pure? Is it entirely service-to-others oriented? Does it have any aspect of the desire to control or the attachment to an outcome? These are not aids to open communication.

And lastly, we would remind all of those who attempt to communicate that if you hold words in one hand and love in another, love is heavier. Love is more important. Love is the essence; words are the form. Find the love in your heart, and let your heart fill the form of words with love, affection, compassion and laughter.

Then Q’uo said they could make a couple of suggestions for those times when we are caught upon a moment where we become aware that there are unseen elements to the communication, and this has confused the communicative energies that are moving between those that are communicating, so it is well to remember that we speak with a great deal more than our voice since each of us has body language which communicates on a level which is below thought, yet other entities will receive the communication of our body: how we hold it and whether emotions are within us that are causing our facial muscles to change our appearance, and it is well to honor those levels of communication and to address them within the self. Now Q’uo said it is helpful to remember that intent is everything, both in the self as it communicates and in the other self as it responds, or in the other self as it communicates and the self as it responds, so the same words can be said with various intentions, and Q’uo said:  “Look you to your intention!” Is your intention pure? Is it entirely service-to-others oriented? Does it have any aspect of the desire to control or the attachment to an outcome?” Q’uo said these are not aids to open communication. Q’uo completed their reply by saying they would remind all of those who attempt to communicate that if we hold words in one hand and love in another, love is heavier and more important because it is the essence, and words are the form, so find love in our heart, and let our heart fill the form of words with love and laughter. On November 13, 2010, Q’uo spoke of how love is the essence of our being:

Each time your heart beats and sends the blood through your veins, it beats in Love. Love is the essence of your being at all levels. Love is the health of your body, the strength of your spirit, the deepener of your emotions. Seek to love, and remember to allow yourself to be loved in return. No push, no pull, but a resting, a contemplation of beauty, and a devotion; a thirst, and hunger for the Creator’s presence in your life and, my brother, you will make that habit, and you will feel comfortable inside your skin at last. Ask for help. You know we are there, and you know many others are as well.

As we have exhausted the questions within the group at this time, we would thank each once again for the privilege and pleasure of your company. Your mingled auras create a beautiful space along with all those positive energies within your universe which have been called to be a portion of this sacred space. We thank you so much for being asked to be a part of this moment. We thank you for seeking and we thank you for being you, for you are truly beautiful. We leave you in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought another 64 Sun Patiens. My next stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I picked up a prescription.

This afternoon I went outside and planted the 64 Sunpatiens in the pool portion of the Flower Fall Mound. This completed the planting of this garden, so then I watered the flowers with water that contained fertilizer. Then I sprayed the flowers with deer repellent.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 18

The Inward House Of Prayer

I am of the principle of the Love of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of that living Love.

If you seek to do the Father’s will this day, be not satisfied with actions which leave a residue within the mind and spirit of anxiety, restlessness and fatigue. For if these things are felt, then mundane concerns have not been sacrificed in order that the spirit may be dead to Earth and made alive to the moving will of the Creator.

If goodly and Godly effort has fatigued you, turn to the inward house of prayer and offer up the self with all of the opinions and requirements of the world in which you live.

And await the refreshment that the Spirit gives to those who pray. For it is the soul refreshed in Spirit which faces all earthly tasks without a sense of labor and all mundane toils without the expectation of fatigue.

Be only satisfied in prayer when the state of mind that is within you is that the world is alive and filled with joy, as the Spirit moves and recreates all that there is to become more and more the image and manifestation of Love.

We leave you in the inward peace which is the hallmark of the consciousness of Love amidst any circumstance. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from August 7, 2007:

Question from G: Q’uo, within this illusion, even with our most certain of hunches, I feel we are doing guesswork in the darkness. I may be fooling myself, but, based upon my own study, some part of me feels that I am currently knee-deep in that phase, point or portion in the development of mystical consciousness known as The Purgative Way. If this is so, is there anything that I could do to accelerate and successfully complete this stage of the journey so that I can more fully realize that which I desire?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. It is a blessing and privilege to be with you. We thank you for inviting us to join your circle of seeking. It does us a great honor and enables us to perform our humble service, just to share our thoughts. As always, we would request that you be captain of that which you take in to think about. As the one known as G has noted recently, it is the wolf you feed that prospers. It is the thoughts that you think that create your reality. Think on those thoughts that have true resonance to you. You do not have to explain the resonance to yourself, but only to note it and to follow it. Equally, it is useless to attempt to become interested in a thought that does not resonate to you. No matter how interesting, it is not for you. Take what is good for you and blow the rest away, as the one known as Robbie Robertson said.

The creation is, indeed, dark to those who have come through the gates of birth on planet Earth to enjoy a lifetime within the valley of the shadow of death. The veil between the local consciousness of your everyday mind and the universal consciousness of the deep mind is thick upon planet Earth. And a powerful, pure free will has been given by this Logos to your people. Your experience, therefore, is carefully arranged that it may have all manner of shades of gray and seemingly inky black. Metaphysically speaking, to awaken the light within you is a challenge you take upon yourself in the dark.

The process which you have called The Purgative Way is intrinsic to the Light, just as the Light is intrinsic to the Dark Night of the Soul. Indeed, that process of spiritual evolution is a spiral, not simply a cycle but a spiral at which, at the same point in the spiral but higher, you enter the natural, intended, fruitful and challenging Dark Night. And well it is called the Dark Night of the Soul, for both the light and the dark parts of this spiral are designed to ready the spirit within to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity. We therefore confirm your assumption that those who are new or feel that they are young upon the spiritual path do go through the Dark Night of the Soul. However, there are many witnesses throughout history who have written about the fact that the night will come again and again as long as you are incarnate in third density. This is not a function of punishment or judgment, but of your desire to progress spiritually.

One great resource for being skillful in your dealings with this state of mind, emotions, and increasingly spirit is patience. We do not speak of the patience of one who endures. We do not speak of the patience of one who counts the seconds. We speak of the patience of a scientist fascinated with the growth of a flower, who sets himself to watch the flower every day from its bud until its bloom. And then that scientist continues watching the flower, day after day, so that he may know precisely how it decays, how each petal falls away, how the calyx and the sepal crumble inward and the stem gradually withers until it is brown and dead. And then that scientist continues watching the empty ground for an entire winter, every day watching and brooding over this miraculous flower, for he wants to know just how every bit of its miraculous life comes about.

Question from G: Q’uo, within this illusion, even with our most certain of hunches, I feel we are doing guesswork in the darkness. I may be fooling myself, but, based upon my own study, some part of me feels that I am currently knee-deep in that phase, point or portion in the development of mystical consciousness known as The Purgative Way. If this is so, is there anything that I could do to accelerate and successfully complete this stage of the journey so that I can more fully realize that which I desire? Q’uo began by saying the creation is dark to those who have come through the gates of birth on Earth to enjoy a lifetime within the valley of the shadow of death, and the veil between the consciousness of our mind and the universal consciousness of our deep mind is thick upon Earth, and free will has been given by this Logos to our people, so our experience is arranged so that it may have all shades of gray and black so that metaphysically speaking, to awaken the Light within us is a challenge we take upon our self in the dark. Q’uo went on to say the process which we have called The Purgative Way is natural to the Light, just as the Light is natural to the Dark Night of the Soul, and that process of spiritual evolution is a spiral which, at the same point in the spiral but higher, we enter the challenging Dark Night, and it is called the Dark Night of the Soul because both the light and the dark parts of this spiral are designed to prepare the spirit within us to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, so Q’uo confirmed our assumption that those who feel that they are young upon the spiritual path go through the Dark Night of the Soul, but there are witnesses throughout history who have written about the fact that the night will come again and again as long as we are incarnate in third density, but this is not a punishment but a part of our desire to progress spiritually. Then Q’uo said one resource for being skillful in our dealings with this state of mind, emotions, and spirit is patience, but Q’uo was not speaking of the patience of one who endures, but they were speaking of the patience of a scientist fascinated with the growth of a flower, who sets himself to watch the flower every day from its bud until its bloom, and then that scientist continues watching the flower so that he may know how it decays, how each petal falls away, and the stem gradually withers until it is brown and dead, and then that scientist continues watching the empty ground for an entire winter, for he wants to know how every bit of its life comes about. On April 18, 2006, Q’uo described how the Dark Night of the Soul can manifest in our life:

In terms of the experience of discovering more about your soul stream’s history, it is not the activity of higher beings, precisely, that is involved. If it happens organically and spontaneously, it is the action of your higher self, which in concert with that portion of your consciousness that exists between incarnations is responding to the conditions of your being as you meet the present moment. There are times in your life when you become aware of an entirely new level of the self, and it is often at such times that your higher self is particularly active in responding to your needs because a great deal is happening at such times. These are usually times when you have been through a Dark Night of the Soul, and as you come to the dawning that lights up your life at the end of such a difficult period, many epiphanies and realizations may hit you like waves coming in from the ocean. It is at those times that spontaneous, new information about your larger self and its history may come to you. Otherwise, what you learn about your soul stream’s history is likely to be because of your focus, your will, and your desire.

And he is rewarded when the flower is pulled up through the soil by the weak March sun and is rained upon by the sweet rains of April and May, until once more its stem is green and strong, its sepals and calyx are firm and out-thrusting, and the bud begins to grow from its nest to burst into bloom once again. The scientist is not satisfied with one revolution of the cycle. He watches again and again, year upon year, lost in the wonder of every detail, drunk upon the beauty of something so rare and so freely given. This is the patience we recommend.

Another great resource when going through The Purgative Way is a lack of pity for the self. Do not move into that space where you are aware of being bothered and suffering. We do not know how to say this in words but there is glory in the furnace that tempers the soul. If you can find the courage and the fearlessness to thank the furnace for this discomfort, then the fire shall not burn you but shall be your friend, your brother, and your sister.

Another great resource for one who moves through darkness and pain is a sense of humor, or a wider viewpoint that sees the lightness of heavy situations. When a seeker can laugh at the peculiarities of his suffering and embrace them instead of expressing jobations and complaints, that seeker is tuning himself as a musician tunes his instrument or a singer vocalizes before a performance. Your mind is very plastic and subject to infinite confusion and self-deceit. You do not mean to deceive yourself. We understand that it is involuntary and unintended, but every assumption, every cultural truism, every authority, everything in fact that is not coming to you at this moment needs to fade away from the spiritual seeker. Certainly meditation, contemplation, and all of the rich array of mind tuning techniques can help you. But sometimes the best resource is a good laugh and a realization that not only are you an object of ridicule, silly, wrong-headed and erroneous, but that that is fine; that is funny; that is the human condition. Feel the judgment and the tension fade away. When you do realize at last the beauty of this completely rounded life you live spiritually, dark side, light side, dark side, light side, then every turn of the spiral helps you to rewire yourself. In some ways, this rewiring is useful in this incarnation. In other ways, the heart of its use is the moment when you have shifted from this earthly valley of the shadow of death through the gateway of intelligent infinity for one final time into larger life, at which time, these heart-felt, sincerely offered devotions of serving through the dark times with faith shall have created for you your next location in time and space.

Then Q’uo said, and the scientist is rewarded when the flower is pulled up through the soil by the March sun and is rained upon by the rains of April and May, until its stem is green and strong, and the bud begins to grow from its nest to burst into bloom once again, but the scientist is not satisfied with one revolution of the cycle, so he watches year after year, lost in the wonder of the beauty of something so rare and so freely given, and this is the patience Q’uo recommended. Q’uo went on to say another resource when going through The Purgative Way is a lack of pity for our self, but we should not move into that space where we are aware of suffering because there is glory in the furnace that tempers our soul, and if we can find the courage to thank the furnace for this discomfort, then the fire shall not burn us, but shall be our brother and our sister. Now Q’uo said another resource for us when we move through darkness and pain is a sense of humor that sees the lightness of heavy situations, so when we can laugh at the peculiarities of our suffering and embrace them instead of expressing complaints, we are tuning our self as a musician tunes his instrument before a performance, and our mind is plastic and subject to infinite confusion, but we do not mean to deceive our self. Q’uo continued by saying they understand that it is involuntary, but every assumption and everything that is not coming to us at this moment needs to fade away from us: meditation, contemplation, and the variety of mind tuning techniques can help us, but the best resource is a good laugh and a realization that not only are we an object of ridicule, silly, and erroneous, but that that is fine because that is the human condition, so we can feel the judgment fade away, and when we realize the beauty of this balanced life we live spiritually, dark side, light side, then every turn of the spiral helps us to rewire our self, and this rewiring is useful in this incarnation, and in other ways: ”the heart of its use is the moment when we have shifted from this earthly valley of the shadow of death through the gateway of intelligent infinity for one final time into larger life, at which time, these heart-felt, sincerely offered devotions of serving through the dark times with faith shall have created for us our next location in time and space.” On January 30, 2010, Q’uo described the gateway of intelligent infinity:

For others, bound in suffering, wracked by doubts, caught in the world of ten thousand things, there is an emptiness of self. The chalice is already ready to receive. And for such entities it is precious indeed to open the self in passive prayer. Some would call it mediation and indeed the Buddhists would call it vipassana meditation. In this allowing of the self to be nothing and to float as the candle flame floats above the candle, self is revealed just as the candle reveals itself in the flame. It is an indigo-ray use of the gateway of intelligent infinity to ask for the self to be revealed to the self, for the self to feel its own radiance. And that flame comes down into the passive tallow of self and kindles the flame of truth so that the self becomes a chalice, holding the flame of Love. And gently, sweetly, that flame melts away the suffering and the difficulty and frees the caught soul that it may fly free into the Love of the open heart, into the Love of the Logos.

For those who take this purgative way and allow it to shape them, it will certainly result in your graduation. And the fruit of your being shall be delicious to the Creator as you pour out to this source and ending all that you have felt and thought, everything at which you have laughed, and all of those experiences in which you sobbed and wept and despaired. Even your angers, your jealousies, your lust, your greed, and every vice has its information for the Creator. Allow yourself to rest in the knowledge that, although there are certainly better and less fortunate ways to serve the infinite Creator, as far as being polarized in service to others, even your worst mistake is a gift to the one Creator, adding to Its knowledge of who It is.

As this instrument would say, you cannot go wrong. All that you do is a service to the one infinite Creator, and it will be your gift to that Creator, not only in this moment but in the moment of your entry into a larger life, when that personality that you are is released from its stricture and falls away, as the husk falls away from the corn which is then ready to eat. You shall be ripe and you shall be gathered: not the husk, not the body, not the personality, not the details, but the feelings that were authentic, the services that were given with a whole heart, the intentions that you created and nurtured and polished. Whether you were able to fulfill them completely or whether they remained things of beauty to you for which you strove is unimportant metaphysically.

It is not the goal of the seeker who wishes to be skillful and effectual in his process to accelerate the Dark Night of the Soul any more than it is appropriate for a skillful seeker to attempt to lengthen summer breezes and the good times, the mountain-top experiences and those moments of joy that know no bounds. Rather, we would encourage you to allow yourself to be as even with your process as if all states of emotion were alike to you. Rejoice equally in the daylight and its bloom and the darkness and its time of maximum chaos, disintegration, and eventual fertility, for these things that are broken down within yourself become the fertilizer and soil which allow the seeds of new life and new growth to grow strong and healthy and reach for the sunlight when the day does dawn. And, my brother, the day always dawns.

Now Q’uo said for those who take this purgative way and allow it to shape them, it will result in our graduation, and the fruit of our being shall be delicious to the Creator as we pour out to this source and ending all that we have felt and thought, everything at which we have laughed, and all of those experiences in which we wept, and our angers, jealousies, and every vice has its information for the Creator, so we can allow our self to rest in the knowledge that, although there are better ways to serve the infinite Creator, as far as being polarized in service to others, even our worst mistake is a gift to the Creator, adding to Its knowledge of who It is. Q’uo went on to say, as Carla would say, we cannot go wrong, and all that we do is a service to the Creator, and it will be our gift to that Creator, not only in this moment but in the moment of our entry into a larger life, when that personality that we are is released from its stricture and falls away, so shall we be ripe, and we shall be gathered: not the body, not the personality, but the feelings that were authentic and the services that were given with a whole heart whether we were able to fulfill them completely or whether they remained things of beauty to us for which we strove is unimportant metaphysically. Then Q’uo said it is not the goal of the seeker who wishes to be skillful in our process to accelerate the Dark Night of the Soul any more than it is appropriate for us to attempt to lengthen the moments of joy that know no bounds, so Q’uo encouraged us to allow our self to be even with our process as if all states of emotion were alike to us, and rejoice equally in the daylight and its bloom and the darkness and its time of maximum chaos, for these things that are broken down within our self become the fertilizer and soil which allow the seeds of new life to grow strong and reach for the sunlight when the day does dawn, and the day always dawns. On August 7, 2007, Q’uo described the purpose of the Dark Night of the Soul:

The process which you have called The Purgative Way is intrinsic to the light, just as the light is intrinsic to the Dark Night of the Soul. Indeed, that process of spiritual evolution is a spiral; not simply a cycle but a spiral at which, at the same point in the spiral but higher, you enter the natural, intended, fruitful and challenging Dark Night. And well it is called the Dark Night of the Soul, for both the light and the dark parts of this spiral are designed to ready the spirit within to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity.

We therefore confirm your assumption that those who are new or feel that they are young upon the spiritual path do go through the Dark Night of the Soul. However, there are many witnesses throughout history who have written about the fact that the night will come again and again as long as you are incarnate in third density. This is not a function of punishment or judgment, but of your desire to progress spiritually.

Werealize that one of the things that is most challenging about The Purgative Way is the chaos and confusion that you experience sitting in the dark, hoping that your ways of dealing with spiritual pain are wise. However, it is helpful to remember that there is an instinctual side to your nature which will stand you in far better stead than that which you know. This instrument will give a talk in the days to come on the keys to unknowing. My brother, take those keys, stand on your two feet and know that you do not know anything in terms of spirituality. What you receive instead of knowing things is what the Greeks called gnosis. That is the knowing that comes from the heart, from its insight and its intuition and the whispers of the wind of spirit. As your tuning song said, listen to the winds of spirit. The ceaseless, restive, ever-moving energies of spirit shall nudge you in ways you know not, if you but ask—and ask every day and every hour. “Use me, spirit, I am yours, this day, this moment, I am yours.”

In the heart of darkness there lies a blessed comfort. You can always ask for the Creator to express Its Love, to give you a metaphysical hug. Ask and you shall be answered. We also would encourage you to seek that comfort that is not of this world nor of the mind nor of the senses, but that lies so deep within your heart that is the very nature of your being. Your exploration is inner and when you penetrate the very heart of darkness, it bursts into light, for the Creator is at the heart of all things.

Lastly we would recommend the resource of fearlessness. The Purgative Way is one way of saying that things are being purged from you. The human personality wonders, “How much more can I lose before I am no longer myself?” In all humility, my brother, let that self go. For you truly wish to change, to deepen, and to become an ever more fit vessel for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. The Dark Night of the Soul is house-cleaning time for the temple of your body and your mind. You are reforming the way that you think about yourself, the way that you see and view yourself. You are moving from the little “I” of ego to the I AM that is the one infinite Creator. We have said through this instrument many times that the essence of the faith is that all is well. And all shall be well. When you feel lost, try saying those words to yourself and see how the tuning effect of such reminders brings you to a state of remembrance of who you are and why you are here.

Q’uo went on to say they realize that one of the things that is challenging about The Purgative Way is the confusion that you experience sitting in the dark, hoping that your ways of dealing with spiritual pain are wise, but it is helpful to remember that there is an instinctual side to your nature which will stand you in better stead than that which you know, and Carla will give a talk in the future on the keys to unknowing, so take those keys, stand on your feet and know that you do not know anything in terms of spirituality because what you receive instead of knowing things is what the Greeks called gnosis, and that is the knowing that comes from your heart and the whispers of the wind of spirit, and the ever-moving energies of spirit shall nudge you in ways you know not, if you but ask every day and every hour: “Use me, spirit, I am yours, this day, this moment, I am yours.” Then Q’uo said in the heart of darkness there lies a blessed comfort, and we can always ask for the Creator to express Its Love, to give us a metaphysical hug if we but ask we shall be answered, and Q’uo also encouraged us to seek that comfort that is not of this world, nor of the mind, nor of the senses, but lies deep within our heart that is the nature of our being so that our exploration is inner, and when we penetrate the heart of darkness, it bursts into Light, for the Creator is at the heart of all things. Q’uo continued by saying they would recommend the resource of fearlessness because The Purgative Way is one way of saying that things are being purged from you, and the human personality wonders “How much more can I lose before I am no longer myself?” So Q’uo said in all humility, my brother, let that self go, for you wish to change and to become an more fit vessel for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator so that the Dark Night of the Soul is house-cleaning time for the temple of your body and your mind, and you are reforming the way that you think about yourself, and you are moving from the little “I” of ego to the I AM that is the one infinite Creator, and we have said through Carla many times that the essence of the faith is that all is well, and all shall be well, but when you feel lost, try saying those words to yourself and see how the tuning effect of such reminders brings you to a state of remembrance of who you are and why you are here. On July 21, 1991, Q’uo elaborated on the nature of the I AM:

Thus, the importance that you give to that which you call holy is importance that you have placed there, and have desired to use as an avenue to a fuller apprehension of the one Creator. Each entity must needs find a path of what we will call faith, a structure for the next step upon the journey that will expand for the entity the opportunity to know and experience the one Creator, the I AM within in a fashion that is more filled with opportunity, shall we say, to more fully apprehend the one Creator. An entity may find that this faith moves into foreign lands, and that there will at some point need to be the refining of that faith or the structure through which the faith is focused in order that the entity may go higher, shall we say. Thus, it is the function of the mind and your biocomputer’s channeling of the greater line of the one Creator to form for the self the idea or possibility of the idea of the one Creator and a more complete apprehension. So that this journey does indeed continue for a great portion of what you call time.

We are those of the principle of Q’uo, and would ask if the one known as G has any questions to follow up with?

G: Yes, I often have massive, instantaneous, knee-jerk resistance to my girlfriend’s daughter, without seeming provocation, and at times to my girlfriend herself. I desire greatly to proactively feel love for them rather than react in unconsciously created and sustained resistance, yet no attempt to get to the source and the mechanism of this resistance has borne fruit. My question for you is: Would you be able to direct me to the portion of my psyche responsible for this experience and then would you offer me any counsel as to how I may understand and heal this handicap?

Weare those of the principle of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. As perhaps you may have surmised, there is much that we cannot say about something that is so centrally a part of your process at this time, for we cannot do the learning for you. To do so would not benefit either you or ourselves, for you would not truly learn to see through this catalyst and we would lose polarity by infringing upon your free will.

We can talk about the general principles involved in relationships. Some portions of relationships are based upon the difference between yourself and another person, such as the difference in age or the difference in sex. You are older than O. You are a different sex than the ones known as V and O. It is difficult to look straight into mirrors that are distorted. Mirrors that come across the earthly boundaries of that which you see as gender and age distort the image, as though you were in a fun house with its crazy mirrors and corridors. Other portions of reactions to people can be as shallow as a trick or quirk of the voice or the shallowness of the personality you are watching in certain areas.

But the deeper portions of responses to people often have to do with your being involved with them in other incarnations, in which relationships with them play a powerful part in this incarnational experience. Whether or not your karma with them is balanced or unbalanced, the more you become involved with entities that penetrate the outer shell of personality, the more those energies that have spoken through the ages in other incarnations to yourself begin to speak again, ever more resonantly with ever more good information, good catalyst, good grist for the mill to offer you.

And deepest of all, my brother, you are gazing at yourself. Those things which irritate or upset you or cause you to have a bad chemical reaction to another are those things which characterize a part of your shadow self. As always, the work that you truly do is upon yourself. When you are aggravated or have this bad chemistry, when you have the time, whether close to the event or later in remembrance, sit with that feeling and ask it for the wisdom that lies in its folds. You may need to be very patient, for the forces of darkness do not like the seeker who is patient with his pain and confusion, for they know that it is to those who are prepared to bide with themselves through thick and thin, believing in themselves and yet asking, “How can I learn? How can I be more when faced with daunting feelings?” that the light shall dawn ever quicker. And meanwhile your faith has made a flame that the darkness cannot put out.

G: Yes, I often have massive, instantaneous, knee-jerk resistance to my girlfriend’s daughter, without seeming provocation, and at times to my girlfriend herself. I desire greatly to proactively feel love for them rather than react in unconsciously created and sustained resistance, yet no attempt to get to the source and the mechanism of this resistance has borne fruit. My question for you is: Would you be able to direct me to the portion of my psyche responsible for this experience and then would you offer me any counsel as to how I may understand and heal this handicap? Q’uo said that as you may know there is much that we cannot say about something that is a part of your process at this time, for we cannot do the learning for you because that would not benefit you or ourselves, for you would not learn to see through this catalyst, and we would lose polarity by infringing upon your free will. Q’uo went on to say we can talk about the principles involved in relationships where portions of relationships are based upon the difference between you and another person, such as the difference in age or the difference in sex, and you are older than O, and you are a different sex than the ones known as V and O, so it is difficult to look straight into mirrors that are distorted as though you were in a fun house with its crazy mirrors and corridors, and other portions of reactions to people can be as shallow as a quirk of the voice or the shallowness of the personality you are watching in certain areas. Q’uo continued by saying that the deeper portions of responses to people have to do with your being involved with them in other incarnations, in which relationships with them play a part in this incarnation, so whether or not your karma with them is balanced or unbalanced, the more you become involved with entities that penetrate the outer shell of personality, the more those energies that have spoken through the ages in other incarnations to you begin to speak again, more resonantly with more good information, good catalyst, good grist for the mill to offer you. Now Q’uo said in the deepest sense you are gazing at yourself, and those things which cause you to have a bad chemical reaction to another are those things which characterize a part of your shadow self, and the work you do is upon yourself, so when you are aggravated and you have the time, sit with that feeling and ask it for the wisdom that lies in its folds, and you may need to be patient, for the forces of darkness do not like the seeker who is patient with his pain and confusion, for they know that it is to those who are prepared to bide with themselves through thick and thin, believing in themselves and yet asking, “How can I learn? How can I be more when faced with daunting feelings?” that the light shall dawn ever quicker, and your faith has made a flame that the darkness cannot put out. On March 10, 1996, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our shadow self:

We were suggesting that the seeker does not need to remove the dark side of the nature in order to progress. Rather, the seeker needs to come to an inner understanding of its particular workings, looking for ways to achieve such a discipline of the character and personality that the darker images are disciplined and allowed to move through appropriate channels. We are suggesting that once the dark nature of the will is grasped, the positively oriented seeker can then begin to see that shadow self as an asset rather than viewing it as an enemy.

The processes by which one becomes able to discipline this dark side are individua,l and each seeker shall wrestle with those dark angels as each continues to discover, accept, and discipline new aspects or newly perceived aspects of that dark genius. We are asking each seeker, then, to take into the heart the full spectrum of self and to love each and every aspect and yet to find ways to express only those things which are intended. We do not wish you to run away from what is one of the great strengths of the self.

We apologize that we cannot get close to, shall we say, earthly advice, but this is indeed an important, ongoing part of your spiritual seeking and thusly we leave you to it with our encouragement, faith and support. We are those of Q’uo. May we ask if there is another question, my brother?

G: For the seeker yearning to experience mystical unity, what role does the ability to concentrate for an extended period of time play? Is it critical? And what can I do to further develop this faculty?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. My brother, you are already doing one exercise that promotes focus and that is your practice of watching your breath. That in itself is a focusing activity. The practice of the disciplines of the magical personality, as this instrument would call them, are very helpful to one who wishes mechanically to increase concentration abilities. The visualization, for instance, of one shape and color, can be useful. This is a technique of the so-called magical way. If you can hold the image, for instance, of a green circle or a blue rectangle or a yellow pyramid or a rose for fifteen seconds one day, and if you can repeat that for a week of days, then you may increase the time that you hold that visualization quite clearly in your mind’s eye as if it were just before you and commanding your attention. Eventually you will develop that faculty of the mind which is called focus.

It is indeed a useful and helpful practice, however you choose to do it, in that it disciplines the wayward attention. You are already aware of the amazing amount of distraction within the normal daily experience. You are perhaps aware also of the more subtle distractions that stem from the self and the self’s distortions. And you may not be aware of how those balancing dynamics of your Earth world—darkness and light—are ever at play within you. The darkness desires you to be dark, for it needs a heavy place to hide. The lightness invites you to soar, but it cannot lift your wings. Thusly, that focusing practice, however you wish to pursue it, is helpful and may bring you more and more into that state of recollection and remembrance of who you are and why you are here.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time, my brother? We are the principle of Q’uo.

G: I don’t have your traditional type of nightmares, exactly, but I do have three types of recurring dreams that occasionally haunt me and are, like nightmares, just plain terrifying. In one of the recurring themes, I am locked away in prison, my freedom and rights taken from me in what is a deeply, deeply horrible experience. Would you be able to help me unravel the symbolism to this dream so that I may understand what spiritual principles are being communicated to me about my situation within the incarnation?

We those of the principle of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. There are aspects of this dream about which we cannot offer comment, but in terms of spiritual principles, we may say that your opinion of your incarnation is not all good! And it is accurate, for are you not in a prison, waiting on the executioner’s block for the scythe of death to swish down? And meanwhile, are you not often uncomfortable, driven by the demands of the heavy chemical body and subject to countless irritations and distractions?

There is much more to this than that spiritual principle, but in general, dreams tell the dreamer what is on his deep mind, what is bothering him. They have to tell it in code. It cannot be straightforward. For truth is like a blinding light to one who is in darkness. They cannot open the door all the way, for you would go blind. Dreams crack the door and let in a little light, a little inkling.

We would suggest, my brother, that you begin a notebook, either on your computer or with a pad of paper and pen, and journal through an extended length of time about this one type of dream and, indeed, about the other two as well, building intelligence over a period of years, to find out the nuances and the intricacies. Dreams in a way are like a maze. When you reach the center, then the light dawns and you go, “Ah, okay, I see.” But until that point you are going up into and back from many blind alleys.

We are reluctant, my brothers, to leave such delightful company. Yet the energy of this instrument wanes and the energy of the group as well, and so we take our leave of this instrument and this group, leaving each, as always, in the love and the light, the peace and power of the One. We are the principle of Q’uo, and we leave you in love and light. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop to get a haircut from Bethany. My second stop was at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought 64 Sun Patiens and some deer repellant. When I got home I planted half of the Sun Patiens in the Flower Fall Mound on the south side of the front yard.

This afternoon I went back outside and planted the other half of the Sun Patiens in the Flower Fall Mound. Then I watered them with fertilized water. It looks like I will have to buy another 64 or so Sun Patiens tomorrow because the first 64 have covered the Mound and the Fall areas, but the pool area is about the same size.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 17

The Power Of The Presence

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of unconditional Love.

As we scan the concerns that fill the minds of those present, we find this instrument suffering for a planet which has been damaged by its own kind. We find this concern, too, in all those whose minds we touch who are praying to the Spirit at this time.

Know that the spirit is powerful. There is a prayer this instrument says daily and because it is the creation of a truth applicable to this situation, we repeat it using this instrument’s mind, “Come Holy Spirit! Fill the hearts of your faithful and kindle in us the fire of your love. Send forth your Spirit, and we shall be created and you shall renew the face of the Earth. O Thou Who by the Light of the Holy Spirit did instruct the hearts of the faithful, grant that by the same Holy Spirit we may be truly wise and ever enjoy Its consolation. Through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.”

Do not feel powerless! Seek and ask for the Spirit of living Love, the powerful consciousness of the Christ. That power is no power without each of you. So, pray, not to renew the face of the Earth upon your own but rather that the Spirit may come upon you and transfigure and transform you. For in that process alone shall the creation be made new, whole, lovely, and perfect.

We urge each to experience within itself the power of the presence of Love. Let it renew you. And then, by being yourselves and acting as you must, shall your sphere become once more a lovely, healthy dwelling place for consciousness.

 In love, healing and peace we leave you, now and ever. Amen

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo comes from May 6, 2007:

The Bhagavad Gita and many other positive spiritual teachings speak of self-control as a beneficial and necessary element of the positive seeker’s path—self-control in the face of temptation and in directing the will for the purpose of spiritual pursuits versus worldly pursuits. Yet Ra offers an alternative understanding in negating control in favor of acceptance and overall balance. Is there a positive use of control? Does control play any useful role in the discipline of the personality? Can one control, for example, through acceptance, meaning that that which has become accepted is able to be controlled or directed?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. It is our great privilege and blessing to be called to your circle of seeking and we are glad to share with you our thoughts on the positive uses of control. As always, we would preface our remarks with a request that each of you use your powers of discrimination, choosing those thoughts of ours that are helpful to you and leaving the rest behind. This will enable us to speak more freely and be less concerned with interfering with the process of your spiritual evolution. We would not wish to be a stumbling block in your way. We thank you for this consideration.

The word “control” has a sometimes negatively-oriented feeling behind it, as when one may say a person is too controlling or something of that nature, and yet it is clear that, from the beginning of the life of a human in third density, the learning which you undergo has a great deal to do with control. The infant must learn to control the movements of his mouth and the breath that comes through his voice box in such a way as to reproduce the language that he hears about him in his crib and in his cradle, so that he may ask for food, comfort, and relief from wet diapers by doing something besides crying. It is not too long before parents are asking their young children to control their bladder and their bowels so that they can come out of diapers and be free of the need for changing their diapers. One thing after another that the young child meets in his life becomes a matter of learning how to control various parts of his body. He learns carefully how to form letters with his hand and to do other skills that are done with the hands and that promote a more deft and agile use of the fingers.

The mind is asked at a very young age to begin to take in data and organize it into banks of information that can be used readily. The alphabet is learned; and the numbers are learned; then words are learned; and reading begins. And for the entire travel from childhood to adulthood, skills are taught that the child learns to take in and use. And all of these skills are learned by the student controlling and focusing his mind so that he may wrap that mind around these new thoughts and these new skills. It is not perhaps thought of as a matter of control and yet all of an adult’s preparation for life has to do with control, and we do not mean to suggest that there is a negative or a positive spin to this control. The culture in which you live is one in which these skills are considered quite necessary for survival and enjoyment of the finer things of life, such as indoor plumbing and the comfort and convenience of life as you are aware of and are used to living in.

Certainly, the idea of control can be very negative. The tendency of entities in third density to manipulate and control the circumstances around them can turn into a very dark way of handling life. And each of you has perhaps known those whose life is spent in plotting and scheming ways to control the outcome of events that are important to such people. Usually such control is over small things and yet the sum of one person controlling another over a period of time is a very strong negative polarization towards service to self, and it is definitely a service to self energy to think of or to contemplate the self as a person setting out to control circumstances that have to do with other people and indeed are not, in terms of positive polarization, available for such control. On the other hand, there are indeed very positive uses of control, and this instrument would call it self-control.

The group question for this session was: “The Bhagavad Gita and many other positive spiritual teachings speak of self-control as a beneficial and necessary element of the positive seeker’s path—self-control in the face of temptation and in directing the will for the purpose of spiritual pursuits versus worldly pursuits. Yet Ra offers an alternative understanding in negating control in favor of acceptance and overall balance. Is there a positive use of control? Does control play any useful role in the discipline of the personality? Can one control, for example, through acceptance, meaning that that which has become accepted is able to be controlled or directed?” Q’uo began by saying the word “control” has a negatively-oriented feeling behind it, as when we may say a person is too controlling, and yet it is clear that the learning which we undergo in third density has to do with control, so the infant must learn to control the movements of his mouth and the breath that comes through his voice box in such a way as to reproduce the language that he hears about him in his crib so that he may ask for food, comfort, and relief from wet diapers by doing something besides crying, and it is not long before parents are asking their children to control their bladder and their bowels so that they can come out of diapers and be free of the need for changing their diapers, and one thing after another that the child meets in his life becomes a matter of learning how to control various parts of his body, so he learns how to form letters with his hand and to do other skills that are done with the hands and that promote agile use of the fingers. Then Q’uo said the mind is asked at a young age to take in data and organize it into banks of information that can be used as the alphabet is learned; numbers are learned; words are learned; and reading begins, and for the travel from childhood to adulthood, skills are taught that the child learns to use, so all of these skills are learned by the student controlling his mind so that he may wrap his mind around these new thoughts and skills, but it is not thought of as control, and yet all of an adult’s preparation for life has to do with control, and Q’uo did not say that there is a negative or a positive spin to this control since the culture in which we live is one in which these skills are necessary for survival and enjoyment of the finer things of life, such as indoor plumbing and the comfort and convenience of life as we are aware of and are used to living in. Now Q’uo said the idea of control can be negative, and the tendency of entities in third density to control the circumstances around them can turn into a dark way of handling life, and each of us has known those whose life is spent in plotting ways to control the outcome of events that are important to them, and usually such control is over small things, yet the sum of one person controlling another over a period of time is negative polarization towards service to self, and it is a service to self energy to think of us as setting out to control circumstances that have to do with other people and not, in terms of positive polarization, available for such control, but on the other hand, there are positive uses of control, and Carla would call it self-control. On December 7, 2019, Q’uo spoke of how the use of control could be either positive or negative:

The use of any type of control is determined to be either a positive type of control or a negative type of control, according to the intention behind the use of control. If one intends and wishes to control certain words, or emotions, or actions of the self in order to keep from infringing upon the free will of another self, this intention is of a positive orientation. If one wishes to use control of intentions or expressions of intentions in order to gain from an other self that which is the other self’s—that is the power of the other self by dominating and controlling the other self—this is negative intention. Therefore, it is the intention, once again, which determines the nature of the experience.

There is a nuance in the term self-control that we wish to explore. For, as the one known as T1 said, there is a, “Which came first?” question here. There is a chicken and an egg. Is an entity controlling the self and therefore learning more about how to control the self? Or does the person wait for some wisdom as to precisely how to control the self? And in order to remove ourselves from this conundrum, we would like to take this idea back a bit and look at it from a wider and perhaps a more spacious point of view. The one known as G is quite correct in saying that, in the view of those of the Confederation who speak with you this day, the universe is a self-generating system whereby there is no need to control circumstances whatsoever in terms of your incarnation being fruitful for you have set up a system of redundant possibility/probability vortices so that if the incarnational lessons that you have chosen to ponder in your particular incarnation do not gel for you in one instance and you may have perhaps missed that catalyst, there will be another circumstance that will come your way very soon that will offer you the same kind of catalyst, the same kind of challenge, and the same kind of questions that you may ask yourself about, “Why is this happening to me and what should I do with it?”

You do not have to control your life in terms of knowing that you will be fed with spiritual food at all times. This is not a cause for concern. And this perhaps can rest your mind, for when you do not need to reach and grasp for the spirituality of your day or the cogency of the catalyst that is being presented to you, then you can relax and focus simply on paying attention to the present moment.Let us go further back than this, for we wish to set you on the stage of your incarnational experience, and we have not yet done so to our satisfaction. Who are you? My friends, you are the one infinite Creator. That is the heart of your reality. You are a spark of the infinite oneness of all creation. That spark is your consciousness which has been wrapped into flesh and bone so that you may experience life within this particular illusion.

Therefore, you are spiritual beings dwelling in a material and physical world. Everything that is at the center of your being calls out for the Creator and sees life from the point of view of spirit. Yet, you have been brought into a culture which encourages precisely the opposite bent of thought. Your culture encourages you to release thoughts of spirituality in favor of thoughts of functionality, economics, socialization, doing what is expected, and so forth. These two energies are a dynamic that are with each entity within third density to one extent or another for his entire incarnation. The minute that a spirit forgets the heart of his being, he may well be able to convince himself of a number of things. He may be able to convince himself that he may control others for their own good. He may be able to convince himself that those things which he believes are such good beliefs that other entities need to believe that way too, and so he may become one who bullies or coaxes entities into worshipping a certain way or believing in a certain system of dogma. All of these are subtlety but markedly negative or service to self in that they are using the power of the human spirit in order to change others.

Then Q’uo said there is a nuance in the term self-control that they wish to explore which is are we controlling our self and learning more about how to control our self, or do we wait for wisdom as to how to control our self? And in order to remove ourselves from this problem, they would like to take this idea and look at it from a wider point of view, so G is correct in saying that, in the view of those of the Confederation who speak with us this day, the universe is a self-generating system where there is no need to control circumstances in terms of our incarnation being fruitful, for we have set up a system of repeating  possibility/probability vortices so that if the incarnational lessons that we have chosen to ponder in our incarnation do not gel for us in one instance, and we may have missed that catalyst, there will be another circumstance that will come our way very soon that will offer us the same kind of catalyst and the same kind of questions that we may ask our self about: “Why is this happening to me, and what should I do with it?” Now Q’uo said we do not have to control our life in terms of knowing that we will be fed with spiritual food at all times, and this can rest our mind, for when we do not need to grasp for the spirituality of our day or the meaning of the catalyst that is being presented to us, then we can relax and focus on paying attention to the present moment, so Q’uo wanted to go further back than this, for they wish to set us on the stage of our incarnational experience, and they have not done this to their satisfaction, so they said that we are the one infinite Creator which is the heart of our reality, and we are a spark of the infinite oneness of all creation which is our consciousness that has been wrapped into flesh and bone so that we may experience life within this illusion. Q’uo went on to say we are spiritual beings dwelling in a physical world, and everything that is at the center of our being calls out for the Creator and sees life from the point of view of spirit, but we have been brought into a culture which encourages the opposite kind of thought because our culture encourages us to release thoughts of spirituality in favor of thoughts of doing what is expected so that these two energies are a dynamic that are with each of us within third density for our entire incarnation, and the minute that we forget the heart of  our being, we may be able to convince our self that we may control others for their own good, or that those things which we believe are such good beliefs that other entities need to believe that way too, and we may become one who coaxes entities into believing in a certain system of dogma, and all of these are subtlety service to self in that they are using the power of the human spirit in order to change others. On September 13, 2008, Q’uo described how a system of dogma does its work:

One way to defend the heart is through the dogma of a codified religion. One places one’s heart in the structure of a religion and as long as one’s heart stays true to the tenets of that particular system of dogma, one is safe. Another way that the heart can be defended is with anger and resentment, which builds concrete walls about the heart in order that it shall not be harmed again. Many years may go into the building of these walls. How can they be taken down? The world is a dangerous place.

Yet, an entity which is a part of the Godhead principle need be concerned only with controlling himself. The work of the spiritual entity is always upon the self. The seeking of a spiritually-oriented entity is always an inner seeking. It may well be that the processes of seeking bring the seeker into community with those who demonstrate unconditional Love, and that is a great gift. But a part of the Godhead principle in actuality needs nothing from the outside. There is no need to reach, there is no need to grasp. All that is needed is already lying within your heart of hearts. The Confederation talks about acceptance rather than control because, from our point of view, once an entity has come into a full acceptance or awareness of who he is and why he is here, that initial acceptance forms up into vectors. Each thought and opinion that occurs within the awareness of being a spiritual entity has a direction to it that is spiritual in nature.

As entities accept completely that they are a part of the Creator, they become aware that beneath the level of constant and unremitting human error, they are worthy. They are as worthy as a star, or a tree, or the wind that blows, or the grass that grows. They are worthy in a final and ultimate way. They have not found the heart of that worth. It takes many densities of experience to refine the self to the point where the self is transparent to the self and that worth of self is clearly seen by the self. But there are helps to you, my friends, in everyday life. For you see the worth of others and that is a strong help to you. Every time that you see an entity whom you feel is worthy, we ask you to remember that you are looking in the mirror when you look at any other soul. As you look into that entity’s eyes, you and that entity are both the Creator. That which you see as good in that other entity, you may stop and mark because you have just seen that particular kind of goodness in yourself. Were you not sensitive to that goodness, you would not have seen it in the other self.

So let your own experiences of the goodness of others about you reflect back to you the truth of yourself: you are infinitely worthy, you are a citizen of eternity. Your stay upon the Earth plane is a short one and you came to give yourself the gift of learning and worshipping and being a part of the movement that is taking place upon the planet at this time: to lift and transform the energy of planet Earth. And you are worthy to do this. Control helps you—or perhaps we would use the word discipline—discipline helps you to maintain the focus of who you are and why you are here. It is not that this discipline is a judging discipline or an attempt to whip yourself into shape. You are not here to judge; you are here to love. And so, the work of each and every seeker is primarily and fundamentally the work of being.

Now Q’uo said as an entity which is a part of the Godhead principle we need be concerned only with controlling our self since the work of the spiritual entity is always upon the self, and our seeking as a spiritually-oriented entity is always an inner seeking, and it may be that the processes of seeking bring us into community with those who demonstrate unconditional Love, and that is a great gift, but a part of the Godhead principle in actuality needs nothing from the outside because all that is needed is already lying within our heart of hearts, and the Confederation talks about acceptance rather than control because, from their point of view, once we have come into full acceptance of who we are and why we are here that initial acceptance, and each thought that occurs within our awareness of being a spiritual entity, has a direction to it that is spiritual in nature. Q’uo went on to say as we accept that we are a part of the Creator, we become aware that beneath the level of constant human error, we are worthy as a star, or a tree, or the wind that blows, and we are worthy in an ultimate way, but we have not found the heart of that worth since it takes many densities of experience to refine our self to the point where our self is transparent to our self, and that worth of our self is seen by our self, and there is help for us in our everyday life, for we see the worth of others, and that is a help to us because every time that we see an entity whom we feel is worthy, Q’uo asked us to remember that we are looking in the mirror when we look at them, and as we look into their eyes, we and that entity are both the Creator, and that which we see as good in them, we may notice because we have seen that kind of goodness in our self since if we were not sensitive to that goodness, we would not have seen it in the other self. Q’uo continued by saying let our experiences of the goodness of others about us reflect back to us the truth of our self as being infinitely worthy as a citizen of eternity, and our stay upon the Earth plane is a short one since we came to give our self the gift of learning and being a part of the movement that is taking place upon the planet at this time to transform the energy of Earth, and we are worthy to do this, and discipline helps us to maintain the focus of who we are and why we are here, but it is not that this discipline is a judging discipline because we are here to love, so the work of each and every seeker is primarily the work of being. On October 17, 1999, Q’uo spoke about our doing the work of being:

For if the self can allow infinite Love and Light to move through the self, then that self has the capacity to bless that Love and Light that flows through it and offer that that has been brought through to the Earth plane. Indeed, it is our feeling that this is the basic work of all spiritually awakened people, this essential beingness of self that does not distort the Love that flows through the instrument of selfhood. Beyond all the beautiful tunes that your instrument might play with the various distortion of the various energy centers there is the wonderful ability to do that essential work that is the work of being that allows Love and Light to flow into the Earth plane undistorted.

We find that this is a very difficult concept for your people to grasp. What is it to be? To breathe in and to breathe out? What is the worth of simply being? And yet the universe as a whole is one great, interactive being of which you are a focal point in a vast array of other sentient, intelligent points of awareness that are gathering experience for the infinite Creator that It may know more about Itself. This gift of being is always your most fundamental work as a spiritually-oriented seeker. For the doing is at the surface of things; it is the being that gives the doing depth, breadth, meaning and strength. Control is definitely necessary, for without self-control and discipline, the spiritual seeker may constantly find itself forgetting to keep the focus.

Letus talk a bit about that focus that we would encourage you to keep. Each of you around the circle this day has discussed feelings concerning one’s place in life and in some cases the incredible rapidity of time fleeing past almost too quickly to grasp. Yet there is within each of you a center. And there is great skill in finding ways to remind yourself to move back from the outskirts of truth and beauty in your life, always in towards the center again. Life will spin you out constantly. Catalyst will hit you—strong catalyst, illness, the loss of jobs, all of those difficulties that challenge entities who breathe in and breathe out and must find a way to keep a roof over their heads. And your job always is to see yourself spinning and gently, very gently, encourage your spirit to spiral inward again to the place of power that lies within, to the place of comfort that lies deeply within, to the one infinite Creator who waits patiently for you in your heart of hearts.

The more time that you put into resting in your beingness, the more you will become aware of who you truly are and how powerful a being you truly are. And when you sense that power, then of course you want to use that power rightly, and that calls for every discipline of the personality and makes such disciplines attractive to you. When you find the center of your power, that creative energy that made all that there is, then truly you wish to use it well, and to use it wisely, and to use it lovingly.

Q’uo continued by saying they find that the work of being is a difficult concept for our people to grasp, and the universe is one great being of which we are a focal point in a vast array of other intelligent points of awareness that are gathering experience for the infinite Creator that It may know more about Itself, and this gift of being is always our most fundamental work as a spiritually-oriented seeker because doing is at the surface of things, and it is the being that gives the doing depth and strength, but control is necessary, for without self-control we may find our self forgetting to keep the focus. Now Q’uo said they wanted to encourage us to keep that focus because each of us has discussed feelings concerning our place in life and the rapidity of time fleeing past too quickly to grasp, but there is within each of us a center, and there is skill in finding ways to remind our self to move back from the outskirts of truth in our life towards the center again since catalyst will hit us as illness or the loss of jobs, and our job is to see our self spinning, and then gently encouraging our spirit to spiral inward again to the place of power and comfort that lies within us, to the one infinite Creator who waits patiently for us in our heart of hearts. Q’uo went on to say the more time that we put into resting in our beingness, the more we will become aware of who we truly are and how powerful a being we truly are, and when we sense that power, then we want to use that power rightly, and that calls for the discipline of our personality, and when we find the center of our power, that creative energy that made all that there is, then we wish to use it well and to use it lovingly. On February 18, 1996, Q’uo spoke of the nature of that creative energy:

The energy which enters the feet and base of the spine is an intelligent kind of energy that is most likened to what you would call Love, that creative energy which enlivens all creation. It is the enlivener, the energizer, and is the daily gift of the Logos to all within its care. A kind of manna, shall we say, which each entity will use in an individualized fashion. This is a tool of the soul, as you have called it. The soul essence of each entity is that focus of consciousness which exists from time immemorial and moves into the evolutionary process as a portion of the one Creator. It utilizes the various densities and incarnations within each density to achieve certain levels of awareness and expressions of energy within them. Thus, the intelligent energy or prana of the Logos is that which propels the creation. The soul is that portion of consciousness which can use this universal energy for personal evolution.

And so, you turn to those disciplines that have served you before: meditation, prayer, contemplation, inspired reading, walks in nature, and all of those ways in which you can come back to the truth that truly does set you free. So, the question of acceptance or control, in a way, is a question of how you wish to look at who you are. Our approach to the awakening seeker is simply to ask that seeker to become aware of who and what he is. And to become aware of the fact that he is creating his own reality. When an entity has been on the spiritual path for a while, he may well begin to sense that there is one particular outer work that he has the cluster of skills to accomplish. And that may spark in him the desire to ask for guidance, and when an entity asks for guidance, that guidance is there instantly, there is no lag time. You may not be able to hear the voice of guidance, but the energy of that guidance and the gentle pressure of that vibration is with you from that point on.

This instrument opens her day by asking the one she calls Jesus the Christ, “What would you wish of me this day?” This is her way of centering and offering her day. And if that question seems to be answered by something that she did not expect, that is alright, that is acceptable. But it is always within the choice of the seeker as to how that seeker shall proceed. In a society which has a tendency towards loudness, meaninglessness, and chaos, it is perhaps well recommended that the spiritually-oriented seeker gaze within into the mystery that lies between every cell of your body, and gaze without, not at the creations of humankind, but at the creation of the Father. For there you see not control but a plan that is so vast that it is inconceivable and yet complete and perfect so that the organism of planet Earth as a whole and all of the biota upon it move in a dance of rhythm and harmony in which all needs are met.

We offer to this instrument the vision of the rolling tide. It does not seem to be controlled, but rather it rushes in abandonment towards the shore and then pulls out again towards the deeps of the ocean. Yet if you think about the tides and the moon, you begin to see that there is an order and a balance which keeps the moon in its orbit and the Earth in its orbit; which keeps the sunlight and the stars moving in their cycles. And this moon energy moves through everyone’s blood so that your blood wanes and flows just as do the tides. You are a part of something that is in exquisite balance. You are in touch with the spirit world and the highest energies and at the same time you are in touch with the Earth and its heaviest energies. You know of everything from angels and cherubim to the degradation of war, murder, torture, and the evil that entities can do to each other. And your gaze is that gaze which orders things in your world. So perhaps we would say that your most creative means of control is to create the world that you would like to see and live it. For you truly are a co-creator, and you truly can create the reality that you wish to see.

Q’uo went on to say we turn to those disciplines that have served us before: meditation, prayer, contemplation, walks in nature, and all of those ways in which we can come back to the truth that sets us free, so the question of acceptance or control is a question of how we wish to look at who we are, so Q’uo asked us to become aware of who and what we are, and to become aware that we are creating our reality, and when we have been on the spiritual path for a while, we may begin to sense that there is one outer work that we have the skills to accomplish, and that may inspire us to ask for guidance, and when we ask for guidance, that guidance is there instantly, but we may not be able to hear the voice of guidance, but the energy of that guidance is with us from that point on. Then Q’uo said Carla opens her day by asking Jesus the Christ, “What would you wish of me this day?” And this is her way of centering and offering her day, and if that question seems to be answered by something that she did not expect, that is acceptable, but it is always within the choice of the seeker as to how that seeker shall proceed since in a society which has a tendency towards meaninglessness and chaos, it is recommended that we gaze within into the mystery that lies between every cell of our body, and gaze without at the creation of the Father, for there we see–not control–a plan that is so vast that it is inconceivable and yet perfect so that planet Earth as a whole, and all of the plants and animals upon it, move in a dance of rhythm and harmony in which all needs are met. Now Q’uo said they offer Carla the vision of the rolling tide which does not seem to be controlled, but it rushes in abandonment towards the shore, and then pulls out again towards the deeps of the ocean, yet if we think about the tides and the moon we see that there is an order which keeps the moon in its orbit, and the Earth in its orbit, and which keeps the sunlight and the stars moving in their cycles, and this moon energy moves through everyone’s blood so that our blood flows just as do the tides because we are a part of something that is in balance, and we are in touch with the Spirit world and the highest energies, and at the same time we are in touch with the Earth and its heaviest energies, so we know of everything from angels and cherubim to the degradation of war and the evil that we can do to each other, and our gaze orders things in our world, so Q’uo said that our most creative means of control is to create the world that we would like to see and live in it, for we are a co-Creator, and we can create the reality that we wish to see. On July 3, 1989, Q’uo spoke of how we can become a co-Creator of our life:

However, at some point, each seeker will discover the beginning working of this process of evolution and will seek to accelerate this process in order that it might, in a conscious fashion, take part in the creation of the statue, shall we say, that is the self, the truer self, the ideal self, within certain boundaries or limitations, those limitations being set by your third-density illusion. Thus, the seeker seeks to become co-Creator of that which it is and that which it experiences and seeks to place the chisel in just the right location and seeks to strike it with just the right force.

May we ask if there is a follow-up on this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No follow-up, Q’uo.

Q’uo: Very well, my brother. Then we would ask if there is another query at this time?

T2: I’m feeling a very strong connection to you right now and I’m wondering if there is a way that I can carry this connection when I’m on my own because I’m not in Kentucky all the time, and I’m not sitting in this room all the time. I feel that there is a lot that I can gain to working to reach and touch you in a manner similar to what I feel right now.

Weare those of Q’uo, and believe we are aware of your query, my sister. There is indeed a way that you can take us with you. There is a way that all entities may take us to their hearts and that is simply to ask for our presence. We are not bound by time and space as you know them in this illusion. We are in the now as far as relating to your time and space, for we are metaphysical entities and time to us is unified and circular. Consequently, at any time that you ask mentally for us to interact with you, we shall immediately be there.

We shall not speak. We shall simply be with you, and you will feel the unconditional Love of our vibration. But there is more to it than that, my sister, as you well know. There is in the world of spirit an enormous amount that can never be said in words and while we are using this instrument to create words that hopefully will have some small use to you, we are at the same time doing a much larger job, and that is simply to communicate with you in silence—in the silence between the words and underlying all speech. We are sharing with you in that silence those concepts that cannot be brought into words and language without a tremendous amount of loss. As if you were trying to give someone a beautiful gift and it was this round ball of beautiful concept and yet, when you attempt to bring that concept into words, it is as if you have taken the string that has made that ball and pulled it out, so, in a linear fashion, you can see the thread that made up that ball. It is a long and tedious process compared to the wholeness of concept communication. And that is what we hope to offer those who call upon us any time.

Yet always, our first gift is that of loving and being loved, for we feel your love of us also. So, Love is reflected in love and the Creator’s concepts flow from metaphysical instruments such as we into your heart. We hope that you will enjoy our company for we assure you, my sister, we greatly enjoy yours and are privileged to be called to you at any time. And this goes for all who would call upon us or the entities of the Confederation in general. By all means, make use of us for we are here for only one reason and that is to interact with you at this time when you are trying to get your spiritual feet under you and to make the difference that you came here to make. And may we say, my sister and all, you cannot fail; you cannot err; because as long as you breathe in and breathe out and love, you are doing what you came to do and you are doing it very well.

T2: I’m feeling a very strong connection to you right now and I’m wondering if there is a way that I can carry this connection when I’m on my own because I’m not in Kentucky all the time, and I’m not sitting in this room all the time. I feel that there is a lot that I can gain in working to reach and touch you in a manner similar to what I feel right now. Q’uo began by saying  there is a way that you can take us with you and a way that all entities may take us to their hearts, and that is to ask for our presence because we are not bound by time and space as you know them in this illusion, so we are in the now as far as relating to your time and space, for we are metaphysical entities, and time to us is unified and circular, and at any time that you ask mentally for us to interact with you, we shall be there. Q’uo went on to say we shall not speak, but we shall be with you, and you will feel the unconditional Love of our vibration, but there is in the world of spirit that which can never be said in words, and while we are using Carla to create words that will have some use to you, we are at the same time doing a larger job, and that is to communicate with you in the silence between the words, and we are sharing with you those concepts that cannot be brought into words without a great loss, as if you were trying to give someone a gift, and it was this round ball of beautiful concepts, and when you attempt to bring those concepts into words, it is as if you have taken the string that has made that ball and pulled it out, so, in a linear fashion, you can see the thread that made up that ball, and it is a long process compared to the wholeness of concept communication, and that is what we hope to offer those who call upon us any time. Then Q’uo said our first gift is that of loving and being loved, for we feel your love of us also, so Love is reflected in love and the Creator’s concepts flow from metaphysical instruments such as we into your heart, and we hope that you will enjoy our company, for we assure you that we enjoy yours and are privileged to be called to you at any time, and this goes for all who would call upon us or the entities of the Confederation in general, so make use of us for we are here for only one reason, and that is to interact with you at this time when you are trying to get your spiritual feet under you and to make the difference that you came here to make, and may we say, my sister and all, you cannot fail because as long as you breathe in, and breathe out, and love, you are doing what you came to do, and you are doing it very well. On January 30, 1983, Hatonn said that we cannot fail on our spiritual journey:

Do not be afraid to choose, my friends. Do not fear that which is called the failure by many of your peoples, for there is in truth no such thing as failure. There may be instances wherein your choices shall not yield the results which you had hoped they would yield when you made the choices. Yet this is only a function of your imperfect understanding of what it is that will truly benefit your evolution in mind, body, and spirit. Rest within the assurance that you cannot fail as you choose, and choose, and continue to choose the path which you travel. You do not understand the complete overview, shall we say, of your journey, for this is not the density of understanding. You operate within a forgetting that increases the value, shall we say, of the choices that you make and the path that you travel in your total beingness.

Therefore, forget you the fear of failure. Choose and continue to choose fearlessly then, knowing that each choice has the opportunity to teach. And if you will listen with your inner being, discern with your mind, and join the two in meditation, you shall lead yourself through your own choices along that path which is the most efficacious for the growth that you so earnestly seek at this time.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to that query, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T2: The only thing I can say right now is thank you. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

It would seem that we have exhausted those queries that entities wished to ask at this time, and that being so, we shall leave you as we found you, in the love and in the light, the peace and the power of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of the principle of Q’uo. We thank you once again for the pleasure of your company and the beauty of your sacred space that you have created by your interwoven auras. My friends, we wish you could see how beautiful you truly are. You lift our hearts, and we praise you for your courage. Again, we leave you in love and in light. We are those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I mixed equal portions of sugar and water and then put them in a pot to heat on the stove so that they were blended evenly, and then I put them in three hummingbird feeders. Then I went outside and hung one on the back deck, one on a nail on the corner of the garage, and the other one on a low limb of the Pawpaw tree by the driveway. It is usually this time of year that hummingbirds first appear, and I am hopeful of seeing some feeding at my feeders in the near future.

This afternoon I ran some errands with my first stop at Absolutely Nails to make an appointment to get a haircut tomorrow. My second stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food. My third stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought some birdseed and some AquaSafe for the fishpond. My last stop was at Thieneman’s Nursery were I bought 84 Sunpatiens which I hope to begin transplanting in the Flower Fall Mound on the south side the front yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 16

At One With Love

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Become very quiet. This moment is the linchpin of your busy day. This is your moment of communion. This is your heavenly meal.

For in this silence, in this moment, as your heart opens its inner door, so may you become Christed, at one with Love. Thus, the roots of your spirit are fed, and you are given the strength to do that which it is for you to do this day.

Perhaps you will move very quickly this day. The spirit moves quickly with you. Remember as the day goes by to touch into that place of communion in the heart, and you will find that Love is always with you, as Jesus the Christ said, until the end of the age.

Root yourself in heaven, and give your fruit to the world of the Creator that many think is the world of humankind. Let the smile upon your face be a smile knowing of the untruth of a world ever without Love.

For Love is in the midst of you. Love has created you. Love sustains you. And Love will give you work to do. At the end of your silence, at the end of your listening, go gladly to that work and rejoice that you are alive to experience the Love in this day, with these challenges.

We leave you in love and peace, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.